Language selection

Government of Canada Government of Canada

Search

Archived information

Information identified as archived is provided for reference, research or recordkeeping purposes. It is not subject to the Government of Canada Web Standards and has not been altered or updated since it was archived. Please contact us to request a format other than those available.

Archived

This Web page has been archived on the Web

A Guide to Canada's Export Control List

To consult the current edition visit the main page of A Guide to Canada’s Export Control List.

PDF Version

December 2021 version

Page 1 of 2 - Groups 1 and 2

Introduction

The issuance of export and brokering permits under the Export and Import Permits Act (EIPA) is administered by the Trade and Export Controls Bureau of Global Affairs Canada. To assist exporters and brokers, the Trade and Export Controls Bureau publishes on its website (http://www.exportcontrols.gc.ca/) important information, such as the Export and Brokering Controls Handbook, Notices to Exporters, Commodity Codes, and the contact information for the divisions in the Trade and Export Controls Bureau administering export controls for specific items. The website also has links to the Export Controls Online (EXCOL) system to submit permit applications electronically.

For information on how to apply for an export or brokering permit and additional information on export and brokering controls, please refer to our website: http://www.exportcontrols.gc.ca.

For detailed information on export and brokering controls, please refer to the Export and Brokering Controls Handbook:

The main reference tool to assist exporters and brokers with questions about the administration of Canada's export and brokering controls (except export of logs). The handbook includes how to obtain the necessary permits for the export or brokering of controlled items and how to comply with the requirements of the Export and Import Permits Act and its related regulations.

To enquire on the status of an export or brokering permit application:

Recognized EXCOL users can check the status of a permit application on-line. Non-recognized users can obtain, from our website (http://www.exportcontrols.gc.ca/), the contact information for the appropriate division responsible for administering the specific control and request a status by providing their permit application identification (ref ID) number.

Export Control List

The Regulation establishing Canada’s Export Control List (ECL) can be found at the Department of Justice website at www.laws.justice.gc.ca.

It is the individual’s responsibility to conduct the due diligence required to confirm whether any intervening regulatory changes are applicable to their export or transfer.

This Guide, at time of publication, encompasses the list of items enumerated on the ECL that are controlled for export in accordance with section 3 of the EIPA. The EIPA can be found at the Department of Justice website at www.laws.justice.gc.ca.

The Guide includes military, dual-use, and strategic goods and technology and all United States-origin goods and technology that are controlled pursuant to Canada’s commitments made in multilateral export control regimes, bilateral agreements, as well as certain unilateral controls.

The Guide also includes forest products (logs, softwood lumber) agricultural and food products (peanut butter, sugar and sugar-containing products, processed foods, dog and cat food) apparel goods and vehicles that are controlled further to Canada’s international trade agreements.

Unless otherwise specified, the export controls for military, dual-use and strategic items contained in this Guide apply to all destinations except the United States.

The most recent versions of each multilateral export control regime’s control lists included in this version of the Guide are:

Export Control RegimesLatest Controls Incorporated into ECL
  • Wassenaar Arrangement
  • Nuclear Suppliers Group
  • Missile Technology Control Regime
  • Australia Group
  • December 2021
  • June 2019
  • October 2021
  • August 2021

Table of Contents

Group 1 - Dual-Use List

Group 2 - Munitions List

Group 3 - Nuclear Non-Proliferation List

Group 4 - Nuclear-Related Dual-Use List

Group 5 - Miscellaneous Goods and Technology

Group 6 - Missile Technology Control Regime List

Group 7 - Chemical and Biological Weapons Non-Proliferation List

Group 8 - Repealed - January 2006 (SOR/DORS/2006-16)

Group 9 - Arms trade treaty

Index

Group 1 - Dual-Use List

Note 1:

Terms in "quotations" are defined terms. Refer to 'Definitions of Terms used in Groups 1 and 2’ annexed to this List, at the end of Group 2. References to the "Dual-Use List" and "Munitions Lists" within Groups 1 and 2 refer to the "Group 1 - Dual-Use List" and the "Group 2 - Munitions List" respectively.

Note 2:

In some instances chemicals are listed by name and CAS number. The list applies to chemicals of the same structural formula (including hydrates) regardless of name or CAS number. CAS numbers are shown to assist in identifying a particular chemical or mixture, irrespective of nomenclature. CAS numbers cannot be used as unique identifiers because some forms of the listed chemical have different CAS numbers and mixtures containing a listed chemical may also have different CAS numbers.

General Technology Note:

The export of "technology" which is "required" for the "development", "production" or "use" of items controlled in the Dual-Use List is controlled according to the provisions in each Category. This "technology" remains under control even when applicable to any uncontrolled item.

Controls do not apply to that "technology" which is the minimum necessary for the installation, operation, maintenance (checking) or repair of those items which are not controlled or whose export has been authorised.

Note:

This does not release such "technology" controlled in entries 1-1.E.2.e. and 1-1.E.2.f . and 1-8.E.2.a. and 1-8.E.2.b.

Controls do not apply to "technology" "in the public domain", to "basic scientific research" or to the minimum necessary information for patent applications.

General Software Note:

The Lists do not control "software" which is any of the following:

General “Information Security” Note

“Information security” items or functions should be considered against the provisions in Category 5 - Part 2, even if they are components, “software” or functions of other items.

Category 1: Special Materials And Related Equipment

1-1.A. Systems, Equipment and Components

1-1.A.1. Components made from fluorinated compounds, as follows:

1-1.A.2. “Composite” structures or laminates, as follows:

Note 1:
1-1.A.2. does not apply to "composite" structures or laminates, made from epoxy resin impregnated carbon "fibrous or filamentary materials", for the repair of “civil aircraft” structures or laminates, having all of the following:

Note 2:
1-1.A.2. does not apply to semi-finished items, specially designed for purely civilian applications as follows:

Note 3:
1-1.A.2.b.1. does not apply to semi-finished items containing a maximum of two dimensions of interwoven filaments and specially designed for applications as follows:

Note 4:
1-1.A.2 does not apply to finished items specially designed for a specific application.

Note 5:
1-1.A.2.b.1. does not apply to mechanically chopped, milled, or cut carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials” 25.0 mm or less in length.

1-1.A.3. Manufactures of non-“fusible” aromatic polyimides in film, sheet, tape or ribbon form having any of the following:

Note:
1-1.A.3. does not apply to manufactures when coated or laminated with copper and designed for the production of electronic printed circuit boards.

N.B.:
For “fusible” aromatic polyimides in any form, see 1-1.C.8.a.3.

1-1.A.4. Protective and detection equipment and components, not specially designed for military use, as follows:

Note:
1-1.A.4. does not apply to:

Technical Notes:

1-1.A.5. Body armour and components therefor as follows:

N.B. 1:
For "fibrous or filamentary materials" used in the manufacture of body armour, see entry 1- 1.C.10.

N.B. 2:
For body armour manufactured to military standards or specifications, see entry 2-13.d.

Note 1:
1-1.A.5. does not apply to body armour when accompanying its user for the user's own personal protection.

Note 2:
1-1.A.5. does not apply to body armour designed to provide frontal protection only from both fragment and blast from non-military explosive devices.

Note 3:
1-1.A.5. does not apply to body armour designed to provide protection only from knife, spike, needle or blunt trauma.

1-1.A.6. Equipment, specially designed or modified for the disposal of Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs), as follows, and specially designed components and accessories therefor:

N.B.:
For equipment specially designed for military use for the disposal of IEDs, see also 2-4.

Note:
1-1.A.6. does not apply to equipment when accompanying its operator.

1-1.A.7. Equipment and devices, specially designed to initiate charges and devices containing "energetic materials", by electrical means, as follows:

Technical Notes:

N.B.:
For equipment and devices specially designed for military use see the Munitions List.

1-1.A.8. Charges, devices and components, as follows:

Note:
The only charges and devices specified in 1-1.A.8. are those containing "explosives" listed in the Annex to Category 1 and mixtures thereof .

Technical Note:
‘Shaped charges’ are explosive charges shaped to focus the effects of the explosive blast.

1-1.B. Test, Inspection and Production Equipment

1-1.B.1. Equipment for the production or inspection of “composite” structures or laminates specified by 1-1.A.2. or “fibrous or filamentary materials” specified by 1-1.C.10., as follows, and specially designed components and accessories therefor:

Technical Notes:

1-1.B.2. Equipment designed to produce metal alloy powder or particulate materials and having all of the following:

1-1.B.3. Tools, dies, moulds or fixtures, for “superplastic forming” or “diffusion bonding” titanium, aluminium or their alloys, specially designed for the manufacture of any of the following:

1-1.C. Materials

Technical Note:

Metals and alloys

Unless provision to the contrary is made, the words 'metals' and 'alloys' cover crude and semi-fabricated forms, as follows:

Crude forms

Anodes, balls, bars (including notched bars and wire bars), billets, blocks, blooms, brickets, cakes, cathodes, crystals, cubes, dice, grains, granules, ingots, lumps, pellets, pigs, powder, rondelles, shot, slabs, slugs, sponge, sticks;

Semi-fabricated forms (whether or not coated, plated, drilled or punched)

The object of the control should not be defeated by the export of non-listed forms alleged to be finished products but representing in reality crude forms or semi-fabricated forms.

1-1.C.1. Materials specially designed for absorbing electromagnetic radiation, or intrinsically conductive polymers, as follows:

1-1.C.2. Metal alloys, metal alloy powder and alloyed materials, as follows:

Note:

1-1.C.2. does not apply to metal alloys, metal alloy powder and alloyed materials, specially formulated for coating purposes.

Technical Notes:

1-1.C.3. Magnetic metals, of all types and of whatever form, having any of the following:

1-1.C.4. Uranium titanium alloys or tungsten alloys with a "matrix" based on iron, nickel or copper, having all of the following:

1-1.C.5. “Superconductive” “composite” conductors in lengths exceeding 100 m or with a mass exceeding 100 g, as follows:

Technical Note:
For the purpose of 1-1.C.5., ‘filaments’ may be in wire, cylinder, film, tape or ribbon form.

1-1.C.6. Fluids and lubricating materials, as follows:

1-1.C.7. Ceramic powders, ceramic-“matrix” “composite” materials and ‘precursor materials’, as follows:

1-1.C.8. Non-fluorinated polymeric substances as follows:

Technical Notes:
1. The ‘glass transition temperature (Tg)’ for 1-1.C.8.a.2. thermoplastic materials, 1-1.C.8.a.4. materials and 1-1.C.8.f. materials is determined using the method described in ISO 11357-2 (1999) or national equivalents.

2. The ‘glass transition temperature (Tg)’ for 1-1.C.8.a.2. thermosetting materials and 1-1.C.8.a.3. materials is determined using the 3-point bend method described in ASTM D 7028-07 or equivalent national standard. The test is to be performed using a dry test specimen which has attained a minimum of 90% degree of cure as specified by ASTM E 2160-04 or equivalent national standard, and was cured using the combination of standard- and post-cure processes that yield the highest Tg.

1-1.C.9. Unprocessed fluorinated compounds as follows:

1-1.C.10. "Fibrous or filamentary materials" as follows:

Technical Notes:
1. For the purpose of calculating “specific tensile strength”, “specific modulus” or specific weight of “fibrous or filamentary materials” in 1-1.C.10.a., 1-1.C.10.b., 1-1.C.10.c. or 1-1.C.10.e.1.b., the tensile strength and modulus should be determined by using Method A described in ISO 10618 (2004) or national equivalents.

2. Assessing the “specific tensile strength”, “specific modulus” or specific weight of non-unidirectional “fibrous or filamentary materials” (e.g., fabrics, random mats or braids) in 1-1.C.10.is to be based on the mechanical properties of the constituent unidirectional monofilaments (e.g., monofilaments, yarns, rovings or tows) prior to processing into the non-unidirectional “fibrous or filamentary materials”.

  1. Organic “fibrous or filamentary materials”, having all of the following:
    • 1. “Specific modulus” exceeding 12.7 x 106 m; and
    • 2. “Specific tensile strength” exceeding 23.5 x 104 m;

      Note:
      1-1.C.10.a. does not apply to polyethylene.

  2. Carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials”, having all of the following:
    • 1. “Specific modulus” exceeding 14.65 x 106 m; and
    • 2. “Specific tensile strength” exceeding 26.82 x 104 m;

      Note:
      1-1.C.10.b. does not apply to:
      • “Fibrous or filamentary materials”, for the repair of “civil aircraft” structures or laminates, having all of the following:
        • 1. An area not exceeding 1 m2;
        • 2. A length not exceeding 2.5 m; and
        • 3. A width exceeding 15 mm.
      • Mechanically chopped, milled or cut carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials" 25.0 mm or less in length.
  3. Inorganic “fibrous or filamentary materials”, having all of the following:
    • 1. Having any of the following:
      • Composed of 50% or more by weight silicon dioxide and having a “specific modulus” exceeding 2.54 x 106 m; or
      • Not specified in 1-1.C.10.c.1.a. and having a “specific modulus” exceeding 5.6 x 106 m; and
    • 2. Melting, softening, decomposition or sublimation point exceeding 1,922 K (1,649° C) in an inert environment;
      Note:
      1-1.C.10.c. does not apply to:
      • Discontinuous, multiphase, polycrystalline alumina fibres in chopped fibre or random mat form, containing 3% by weight or more silica, with a “specific modulus” of less than 10 x 106 m;
      • Molybdenum and molybdenum alloy fibres;
      • Boron fibres;
      • Discontinuous ceramic fibres with a melting, softening, decomposition or sublimation point lower than 2,043 K (1,770° C) in an inert environment.
  4. “Fibrous or filamentary materials”, having any of the following:
    • 1. Composed of any of the following:
      • Polyetherimides specified by 1-1.C.8.a.; or
      • Materials specified by 1-1.C.8.d. to 1-1.C.8.f.; or
    • 2. Composed of materials specified by 1-1.C.10.d.1.a. or 1-1.C.10.d.1.b. and ‘commingled’ with other fibres specified by 1-1.C.10.a., 1-1.C.10.b. or 1-1.C.10.c.;

      Technical Note:
      ‘Commingled’ is filament to filament blending of thermoplastic fibres and reinforcement fibres in order to produce a fibre reinforcement “matrix” mix in total fibre form.

  5. Fully or partially resin-impregnated or pitch-impregnated “fibrous or filamentary materials” (prepregs), metal or carbon-coated “fibrous or filamentary materials” (preforms) or ‘carbon fibre preforms’, having all of the following:
    • 1. Having any of the following:
      • Inorganic “fibrous or filamentary materials” specified by 1-1.C.10.c.; or
      • Organic or carbon “fibrous or filamentary materials”, having all of the following:
        • 1. “Specific modulus” exceeding 10.15 x 106 m; and
        • 2. “Specific tensile strength” exceeding 17.7 x 104 m; and
    • 2. Having any of the following:
      • Resin or pitch, specified by 1-1.C.8. or 1-1.C.9.b.;
      • ‘Dynamic Mechanical Analysis glass transition temperature (DMA Tg)’ equal to or exceeding 453 K (180° C) and having a phenolic resin; or
      • ‘Dynamic Mechanical Analysis glass transition temperature (DMA Tg)’ equal to or exceeding 505 K (232° C) and having a resin or pitch, not specified by 1-1.C.8. or 1-1.C.9.b., and not being a phenolic resin;

Note 1:
Metal or carbon-coated “fibrous or filamentary materials” (preforms) or ‘carbon fibre preforms’, not impregnated with resin or pitch, are specified by "fibrous or filamentary materials" in 1-1.C.10.a., 1-1.C.10.b. or 1-1.C.10.c.

Note 2:
1-1.C.10.e. does not apply to:

Technical Notes:
1. ‘Carbon fibre preforms’ are an ordered arrangement of uncoated or coated fibres intended to constitute a framework of a part before the “matrix” is introduced to form a “composite”.
2. The ‘Dynamic Mechanical Analysis glass transition temperature (DMA Tg)’ for materials specified by 1-1.C.10.e. is determined using the method described in ASTM D 7028-07, or equivalent national standard, on a dry test specimen. In the case of thermoset materials, degree of cure of a dry test specimen shall be a minimum of 90% as defined by ASTM E 2160-04 or equivalent national standard.

1-1.C.11. Metals and compounds, as follows:

N.B.:
See 2-8.c.5.b. for metal powders mixed with other substances to form a mixture formulated for military purposes.

1-1.C.12. Materials as follows:

Technical Note:
These materials are typically used for nuclear heat sources.

1-1.D. Software

1-1.D.1. “Software" specially designed or modified for the “development",“production" or "use" of equipment specified by 1-1.B.

1-1.D.2. “Software" for the "development" of organic "matrix", metal “matrix" or carbon “ matrix" laminates or “composites".

1-1.D.3. "Software" specially designed or modified to enable equipment to perform the functions of equipment specified by 1-1.A.4.c. or 1-1.A.4.d.

1-1.E. Technology

1-1.E.1. “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development" or “production ” of equipment or materials specified by 1-1.A.2. to 1-1.A.5., 1-1.A.6.b., 1-1.A.7., 1-1.B. or 1-1.C.

1-1.E.2. Other “technology” as follows:

List -"Explosives"

Category 2: Materials Processing

1-2.A. Systems, Equipment and Components

N.B.:
For quiet running bearings, see 2-9. on the Munitions List.

1-2.A.1. Anti-friction bearings, bearing systems and components, as follows:

1-2.B. Test, Inspection and Production Equipment

Technical Notes:

1-2.B.1. Machine tools and any combination thereof, for removing (or cutting) metals, ceramics or “composites”, which, according to the manufacturer’s technical specification, can be equipped with electronic devices for “numerical control”, as follows:

Note 1:
1-2.B.1. does not apply to special purpose machine tools limited to the manufacture of gears. For such machines, see 1-2.B.3.

Note 2:
1-2.B.1. does not apply to special purpose machine tools limited to the manufacture of any of the following:

Note 3:
A machine tool having at least two of the three turning, milling or grinding capabilities (e.g., a turning machine with milling capability), must be evaluated against each applicable entry 1-2.B.1.a., 1-2.B.1.b. or 1-2.B.1.c.

Note 4:
A machine tool having an additive manufacturing capability in addition to a turning, milling or grinding capability must be evaluated against each applicable entry 1-2.B.1.a., b. or c.

N.B.:
For optical finishing machines, see 1-2.B.2.

1-2.B.2. Numerically controlled optical finishing machine tools equipped for selective material removal to produce non-spherical optical surfaces having all of the following characteristics:

Technical Notes:
For the purposes of 1-2.B.2.:

1-2.B.3. “Numerically controlled” machine tools , specially designed for the shaving, finishing, grinding or honing of hardened (Rc = 40 or more) spur, helical and double-helical gears having all of the following:

1-2.B.4. Hot "isostatic presses" having all of the following, and specially designed components and accessories therefor:

Technical Note:
The inside chamber dimension is that of the chamber in which both the working temperature and the working pressure are achieved and does not include fixtures. That dimension will be the smaller of either the inside diameter of the pressure chamber or the inside diameter of the insulated furnace chamber, depending on which of the two chambers is located inside the other.

N.B.:
For specially designed dies, moulds and tooling see 1-1.B.3., 1-9.B.9. and 2-18. of the Munitions List.

1-2.B.5. Equipment specially designed for the deposition, processing and in-process control of inorganic overlays, coatings and surface modifications, as follows, for substrates specified in column 2, by processes shown in column 1 in the following 1-2.E.3.f., and specially designed automated handling, positioning, manipulation and control components therefor:

1-2.B.6. Dimensional inspection or measuring systems, equipment, position feedback units and “electronic assemblies”, as follows:

1-2.B.7. "Robots" having any of the following characteristics and specially designed controllers and "end-effectors" therefor:

1-2.B.8. ‘Compound rotary tables’ and “tilting spindles”, specially designed for machine tools, as follows:

1-2.B.9. Spin-forming machines and flow-forming machines, which, according to the manufacturer's technical specification, can be equipped with "numerical control" units or a computer control and having all of the following:

Technical Note:
For the purpose of 1-2.B.9., machines combining the function of spin-forming and flow-forming are regarded as flow-forming machines.

1-2.C. Materials

None

1-2.D. Software

1-2.D.1. "Software", other than that specified by 1-2.D.2., as follows:

1-2.D.2. "Software" for electronic devices, even when residing in an electronic device or system, enabling such devices or systems to function as a "numerical control" unit, capable of co-ordinating simultaneously more than 4 axes for "contouring control".

Note 1:
1-2.D.2. does not apply to “software” specially designed or modified for the operation of items not specified by Category 2.

Note 2:
1-2.D.2. does not apply to "software" for items specified by 1-2.B.2. See 1-2.D.1. and 1-2.D.3. for "software" for items specified by 1-2.B.2.

Note 3:
1-2.D.2. does not apply to “software” that is exported with, and the minimum necessary for the operation of, items not specified by Category 2.

1-2.D.3 “Software”, designed or modified for the operation of equipment specified by 1-2.B.2., that converts optical design, workpiece measurements and material removal functions into “numerical control” commands to achieve the desired workpiece form.

1-2.E. Technology

1-2.E.1. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" of equipment or "software" specified by 1-2.A., 1-2.B. or 1-2.D.

Note:
1-2.E.1. includes “technology” for the integration of probe systems into coordinate measurement machines specified by 1-2.B.6.a.

1-2.E.2. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "production" of equipment specified by 1-2.A. or 1-2.B.

1-2.E.3. Other "technology", as follows:

N.B.:
This Table should be read to specify the "technology" for a particular 'Coating Process' only when the Resultant Coating in column 3 is in a paragraph directly across from the relevant 'Substrate' under column 2. For example, Chemical Vapour Deposition (CVD) 'coating process' technical data are included for the application of 'silicides' to Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal "matrix""composites" substrates, but are not included for the application of 'silicides' to 'Cemented tungsten carbide (16), Silicon carbide (18)' substrates. In the second case, the resultant coating is not listed in the paragraph under column 3 directly across from the paragraph under column 2 listing 'Cemented tungsten carbide (16), Silicon carbide (18)'.

Table - Deposition Techniques
Coating Process (1)Footnote *SubstrateResultant Coating
A. Chemical Vapour
Deposition (CVD)		"Superalloys"

Aluminides for internal
passages
Ceramics (19) and Low-expansion glasses (14)Silicides
Carbides
Dielectric layers (15)
Diamond
Diamond-like carbon (17)
Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and
Metal "matrix" "composites"		Silicides
Carbides
Refractory metals
Mixtures thereof (4)
Dielectric layers (15)
Aluminides
Alloyed aluminides (2)
Boron nitride
Cemented tungsten carbide
(16)
Silicon carbide (18)		Carbides
Tungsten
Mixtures thereof (4)
Dielectric layers (15)
Molybdenum and
Molybdenum alloys		Dielectric layers (15)
Beryllium and Beryllium
alloys		Dielectric layers (15)
Diamond
Diamond-like carbon (17)
Sensor window materials (9)Dielectric layers (15)
Diamond
Diamond-like carbon (17)
B. Thermal-Evaporation Physical Vapour Deposition (TE-PVD)

B.1. Physical Vapour
Deposition (PVD):
Electron-Beam (EB-PVD)		"Superalloys"Alloyed silicides
Alloyed aluminides (2)
MCrAlX (5)
Modified zirconia (12)
Silicides
Aluminides
Mixtures thereof (4)
Ceramics (19) and
Low-expansion glasses (14)		Dielectric layers (15)
Corrosion resistant steel (7)MCrAlX (5)
Modified zirconia (12)
Mixtures thereof (4)
Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and
Metal "matrix" "composites"		Silicides
Carbides
Refractory metals
Mixtures thereof (4)
Dielectric layers (15)
Boron nitride
Cemented tungsten carbide (16)
Silicon carbide (18)		Carbides
Tungsten
Mixtures thereof (4)
Molybdenum and
Molybdenum alloys		Dielectric layers (15)
Beryllium and Beryllium alloysDielectric layers (15)
Borides
Beryllium
Sensor window materials (9)Dielectric layers (15)
Titanium alloys (13)Borides
Nitrides
B.2. Ion assisted resistive
heating Physical Vapour
Deposition (PVD)
(Ion Plating)		Ceramics (19) and
Low-expansion glasses (14)		Dielectric layers (15)
Diamond-like carbon (17)
Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and
Metal "matrix" "composites"		Dielectric layers (15)
Cemented tungsten carbide
(16)
Silicon carbide		Dielectric layers (15)
Molybdenum and
Molybdenum alloys		Dielectric layers (15)
Beryllium and Beryllium
alloys		Dielectric layers (15)
Sensor window materials (9)Dielectric layers (15)
Diamond-like carbon (17)
B.3. Physical Vapour
Deposition (PVD):		Ceramics (19) and
Low-expansion glasses (14)		Silicides
Dielectric layers (15)
Diamond-like carbon (17)
Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and
Metal "matrix" "composites"		Dielectric layers (15)
Cemented tungsten carbide
(16)
Silicon carbide		Dielectric layers (15)
Molybdenum and
Molybdenum alloys		Dielectric layers (15)
Beryllium and Beryllium alloysDielectric layers (15)
Sensor window materials (9)Dielectric layers (15)
Diamond-like carbon (17)
B.4. Physical Vapour
Deposition (PVD):
Cathodic Arc Discharge		"Superalloys"Alloyed silicides
Alloyed aluminides (2)
MCrAlX (5)
Polymers (11) and Organic
"matrix" "composites"		Borides
Carbides
Nitrides
Diamond-like carbon (17)
C. Pack cementation (see A
above for out-of-pack
cementation) (10)		Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and
Metal "matrix" "composites"		Silicides
Carbides
Mixtures thereof (4)
Titanium alloys (13)Silicides
Aluminides
Alloyed aluminides (2)
Refractory metals and
alloys (8)		Silicides
Oxides
D. Plasma spraying"Superalloys"MCrAlX (5)
Modified zirconia (12)
Mixtures thereof (4)
Abradable Nickel-Graphite
Abradable materials
containing Ni-Cr-Al
Abradable Al-Si-Polyester
Alloyed aluminides (2)
Aluminium alloys (6)MCrAlX (5)
Modified zirconia (12)
Silicides
Mixtures thereof (4)
Refractory metals and
alloys (8)		Aluminides
Silicides
Carbides
Corrosion resistant steel (7)MCrAlX (5)
Modified zirconia (12)
Mixtures thereof (4)
Titanium alloys (13)Carbides
Aluminides
Silicides
Alloyed aluminides (2)
Abradable Nickel-Graphite
Abradable materials
containing Ni-Cr-Al
Abradable Al-Si-Polyester
E. Slurry DepositionRefractory metals and
alloys (8)		Fused silicides
Fused aluminides except for resistance heating elements
Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and
Metal "matrix" "composites"		Silicides
Carbides
Mixtures thereof (4)
F. Sputter Deposition"Superalloys"Alloyed silicides
Alloyed aluminides (2)
Noble metal modified
aluminides (3)
MCrAlX (5)
Modified zirconia (12)
Platinum
Mixtures thereof (4)
Ceramics (19) and
Low-expansion glasses (14)		Silicides
Platinum
Mixtures thereof (4)
Dielectic layers (15)
Diamond-like carbon (17)
Titanium alloys (13)Borides
Nitrides
Oxides
Silicides
Aluminides
Alloyed aluminides (2)
Carbides
Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and
Metal "matrix" "composites"		Silicides
Carbides
Refractory metals
Mixtures thereof (4)
Dielectric layers (15)
Boron nitride
Cemented tungsten carbide (16)
Silicon carbide (18)		Carbides
Tungsten
Mixtures thereof (4)
Dielectric layers (15)
Boron nitride
Molybdenum and
Molybdenum alloys		Dielectric layers (15)
Beryllium and Beryllium
alloys		Borides
Dielectric layers (15)
Beryllium
Sensor window materials (9)Dielectric layers (15)
Diamond-like carbon (17)
Refractory metals and
alloys (8)		Aluminides
Silicides
Oxides
Carbides
G. Ion ImplantationHigh temperature bearing
steels		Additions of Chromium
Tantalum or Niobium
(Columbium)
Titanium alloys (13)Borides
Nitrides
Beryllium and Beryllium
alloys		Borides
Cemented tungsten carbide
(16)		Carbides
Nitrides

Return to footnote * referrer The numbers in parenthesis refer to the Notes following this Table.

Table - Deposition Techniques - Notes

Table - Deposition Techniques - Technical Note

Processes specified in Column 1 of the Table are defined as follows:

Table - Deposition Techniques - Statement of Understanding

It is understood that the following technical information, accompanying the table of deposition techniques, is for use as appropriate.

Category 3: Electronics

1-3.A. Systems, Equipment and Components

Note 1:
The status of equipment and components described in 1-3.A., other than those described in 1-3.A.1.a.3. to 1-3.A.1.a.10., or 1-3.A.1.a.12. to 1-3.A.1.a.14., or 1-3.A.1.b.12., which are specially designed for or which have the same functional characteristics as other equipment is determined by the status of the other equipment.

Note 2:
The status of integrated circuits described in 1-3.A.1.a.3. to 1-3.A.1.a.9., or 1-3.A.1.a.12. to 1-3.A.1.a.14., which are unalterably programmed or designed for a specific function for another equipment is determined by the status of the other equipment.

N.B.:
When the manufacturer or applicant cannot determine the status of the other equipment, the status of the integrated circuits is determined in 1-3.A.1.a.3. to 1-3.A.1.a.9., and 1-3.A.1.a.12.to 1-3.A.1.a.14.

Note 3:
The status of wafers (finished or unfinished), in which the function has been determined, is to be evaluated against the parameters of 1-3.A.1.a., 1-3.A.1.b., 1-3.a.1.d., 1-3.A.1.e.4., 1-3.A.1.g., 1 3.A.1.h., or 1-3.A.1.i.

1-3.A.1. Electronic items as follows:

1-3.A.1.a. General purpose integrated circuits, as follows:

Note:
Integrated circuits include the following types:

1-3.A.1.b. Microwave or millimetre wave items, as follows:

Technical Note:

For purposes of 1-3.A.1.b., the parameter peak saturated power output may also be referred to on product data sheets as output power, saturated power output, maximum power output, peak power output, or peak envelope power output.

1-3.A.1.c. Acoustic wave devices as follows and specially designed components therefor:

Note:
1-3.A.1.c. does not apply to acoustic wave devices that are limited to a single band pass, low pass, high pass or notch filtering, or resonating function.

1-3.A.1.d. Electronic devices and circuits containing components, manufactured from "superconductive" materials, specially designed for operation at temperatures below the "critical temperature" of at least one of the "superconductive" constituents and having any of the following:

1-3.A.1.e. High energy devices as follows:

1-3.A.1.f. Rotary input type absolute position encoders having an “accuracy” equal to or less (better) than 1.0 second of arc and specially designed encoder rings, discs or scales therefor;

1-3.A.1.g. Solid-state pulsed power switching thyristor devices and 'thyristor modules', using either electrically, optically, or electron radiation controlled switch methods and having any of the following:

Note 1:
1-3.A.1.g. includes:

Note 2:
1-3.A.1.g. does not apply to thyristor devices and 'thyristor modules' incorporated into equipment designed for civil railway or "civil aircraft" applications.

Technical Note:
For the purposes of 1-3.A.1.g., a 'thyristor module' contains one or more thyristor devices.

1-3.A.1.h. Solid-state power semiconductor switches, diodes, or 'modules', having all of the following:

Note 1:
Repetitive peak off-state voltage in 1-3.A.1.h. includes drain to source voltage, collector to emitter voltage, repetitive peak reverse voltage and peak repetitive off-state blocking voltage.

Note 2:
1-3.A.1.h. includes:

Note 3:
1-3.A.1.h. does not apply to switches, diodes, or 'modules', incorporated into equipment designed for civil automobile, civil railway, or "civil aircraft" applications.

Technical Note:
For the purposes of 1-3.A.1.h., 'modules' contain one or more solid-state power semiconductor switches or diodes.

1-3.A.1.i. Intensity, amplitude, or phase electro-optic modulators, designed for analogue signals and having any of the following:

Note:
1-3.A.1.i. includes electro-optic modulators having optical input and output connectors (e.g., fibre-optic pigtails).

Technical Note:
For the purposes of 1-3.A.1.i., a ‘half-wave voltage’ (‘Vπ’) is the applied voltage necessary to make a phase change of 180 degrees in the wavelength of light propagating through the optical modulator.

1-3.A.2. General purpose “electronic assemblies”, modules and equipment, as follows:

1-3.A.2.a. Recording equipment and oscilloscopes, as follows:

1-3.A.2.b. Not used since 2009

1-3.A.2.c. "Signal analysers" as follows:

1-3.A.2.d. Signal generators having any of the following:

Note 1:
For the purpose of 1-3.A.2.d., frequency synthesized signal generators include arbitrary waveform and function generators.

Note 2:
1-3.A.2.d. does not apply to equipment in which the output frequency is either produced by the addition or subtraction of two or more crystal oscillator frequencies, or by an addition or subtraction followed by a multiplication of the result.

Technical Notes:

1-3.A.2.e. Network analysers having any of the following:

1-3.A.2.f. Microwave test receivers having all of the following:

1-3.A.2.g. Atomic frequency standards being any of the following:

1-3.A.2.h. “ Electronic assemblies”, modules or equipment, specified to perform all of the following:

N.B.:
Digital data recorders, oscilloscopes, “signal analysers”, signal generators, network analysers and microwave test receivers, are specified by 1-3.A.2.a.6.,1-3.A.2.a.7., 1-3.A.2.c., 1-3.A.2.d., 1-3.A.2.e. and 1-3.A.2.f., respectively.

Technical Notes:

Note:
1-3.A.2.h. includes ADC cards, waveform digitizers, data acquisition cards, signal acquisition boards and transient recorders.

1-3.A.3. Spray cooling thermal management systems employing closed loop fluid handling and reconditioning equipment in a sealed enclosure where a dielectric fluid is sprayed onto electronic components using specially designed spray nozzles that are designed to maintain electronic components within their operating temperature range, and specially designed components therefor.

1-3.B. Test, Inspection and Production Equipment

1-3.B.1. Equipment for the manufacturing of semiconductor devices or materials, as follows and specially designed components and accessories therefor:

1-3.B.2. Test equipment specially designed for testing finished or unfinished semiconductor devices as follows and specially designed components and accessories therefor:

1-3.C. Materials

1-3.C.1. Hetero-epitaxial materials consisting of a "substrate" having stacked epitaxially grown multiple layers of any of the following:

1-3.C.2. Resist materials as follows and "substrates" coated with the following resists:

1-3.C.3. Organo-inorganic compounds as follows:

Note:
1-3.C.3. only applies to compounds whose metallic, partly metallic or non-metallic element is directly linked to carbon in the organic part of the molecule.

1-3.C.4. Hydrides of phosphorus, arsenic or antimony, having a purity better than 99.999%, even diluted in inert gases or hydrogen.

Note:
1-3.C.4. does not apply to hydrides containing 20% molar or more of inert gases or hydrogen.

1-3.C.5. High resistivity materials as follows:

1-3.C.6. Materials, not specified by 1-3.C.1., consisting of a “substrate” specified by 1 3.C.5. with at least one epitaxial layer of silicon carbide, gallium nitride, aluminium nitride, aluminium gallium nitride, gallium oxide (Ga2O3) or diamond.

1-3.D. Software

1-3.D.1. "Software" specially designed for the "development" or "production" of equipment specified by 1-3.A.1.b. to 1-3.A.2.h. or 1-3.B.

1-3.D.2. "Software" specially designed for the "use" of equipment specified by 1-3.B.1.a. to 1-3.B.1.f. or 1-3.B.2.

1-3.D.3. ‘ Computational lithography’ “software” specially designed for the “development” of patterns on EUV-lithography masks or reticles.

Technical Note:
‘Computational lithography’ is the use of computer modelling to predict, correct, optimise and verify imaging performance of the lithography process over a range of patterns, processes, and system conditions.

1-3.D.4. "Software" specially designed for the "development" of equipment specified by 1-3.A.3.

1-3.D.5 “Software” specially designed to restore normal operation of a microcomputer, “microprocessor microcircuit” or “microcomputer microcircuit” within 1 ms after an Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP) or Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) disruption, without loss of continuation of operation.

1-3.D.6. “Electronic“ Computer-Aided Design’ (‘ECAD’) “software” specially designed for the “development” of integrated circuits having any “Gate-All-Around Field-Effect Transistor” (“GAAFET”) structure, and having any of the following:

  1. Specially designed for implementing ‘Register Transfer Level’ (‘RTL’) to ‘Geometrical Database Standard II’ (‘GDSII’) or equivalent standard; or
  2. Specially designed for optimisation of power or timing rules.

Technical Notes:

1-3.E. Technology

1-3.E.1. “Technology“ according to the General Technology Note for the "development" or "production" of equipment or materials specified by 1-3.A., 1-3.B. or 1-3.C.;

Note 1:
1-3.E.1. does not apply to "technology" for equipment or components specified by 1-3.A.3.

Note 2:
1-3.E.1. does not apply to "technology" for integrated circuits specified by 1-3.A.1.a.3. to 1-3.A.1.a.12., having all of the following:

a. Using "technology" at or above 0.130 μm; and

b. Incorporating multi-layer structures with three or fewer metal layers.

Note 3:
1-3.E.1. does not apply to ‘Process Design Kits’ (‘PDKs’) unless they include libraries implementing functions or technologies for items specified by 1-3.A.1.

Technical Note:
A ‘Process Design Kit’ (‘PDK’) is a software tool provided by a semiconductor manufacturer to ensure that the required design practices and rules are taken into account in order to successfully produce a specific integrated circuit design in a specific semiconductor process, in accordance with technological and manufacturing constraints (each semiconductor manufacturing process has its particular ‘PDK’).

1-3.E.2. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note other than that specified by 1-3.E.1. for the "development" or "production" of a "microprocessor microcircuit", "microcomputer microcircuit" or microcontroller microcircuit core, having an arithmetic logic unit with an access width of 32 bits or more and any of the following features or characteristics:

        • A ‘vector processor unit’ designed to perform more than two calculations on ‘floating-point’ vectors (one-dimensional arrays of 32-bit or larger numbers) simultaneously;

          Technical Note:
          A ‘vector processor unit’ is a processor element with built-in instructions that perform multiple calculations on ‘floating-point’           vectors (one-dimensional arrays of 32-bit or larger numbers) simultaneously, having at least one vector arithmetic logic unit and vector registers of at least 32 elements each.
        • Designed to perform more than four 64-bit or larger ‘floating-point’ operation results per cycle; or
        • Designed to perform more than eight 16-bit ‘fixed-point’ multiply-accumulate results per cycle (e.g., digital manipulation of analogue information that has been previously converted into digital form, also known as digital “signal processing”).

          Note 1:
          1-3.E.2. does not apply to “technology” for multimedia extensions.

          Note 2:
          1-3.E.2. does not apply to "technology" for micro-processor cores, having all of the following:

          • Using "technology" at or above 0.130 μm; and
          • Incorporating multi-layer structures with five or fewer metal layers.

          Note 3:
          1-3.E.2. includes "technology" for the “development” or “production” of digital signal processors and digital array processors.

          Technical Notes:
          1. For the purpose of 1-3.E.2.a. and 1-3.E.2.b., ‘floating-point’ is defined by IEEE-754.
          2. For the purpose of 1-3.E.2.c., ‘fixed-point’ refers to a fixed-width real number with both an integer component and a fractional component, and which does not include integer-only formats.

1-3.E.3. Other "technology" for the "development" or "production" of the following:

        • Vacuum microelectronic devices;
        • Hetero-structure semiconductor electronic devices such as high electron mobility transistors (HEMT), hetero-bipolar transistors (HBT), quantum well and super lattice devices;

          Note:
          1-3.E.3.b. does not apply to "technology" for high electron mobility transistors (HEMT) operating at frequencies lower than 31.8 GHz and hetero-junction bipolar transistors (HBT) operating at frequencies lower than 31.8 GHz.
        • "Superconductive" electronic devices;
        • Substrates of diamond for electronic components;
        • Substrates of silicon-on-insulator (SOI) for integrated circuits in which the insulator is silicon dioxide;
        • Substrates of silicon carbide for electronic components;
        • ‘Vacuum electronic devices’ operating at frequencies of 31.8 GHz or higher;
        • Substrates of gallium oxide for electronic components.

1-3.E.4. “Technology” “required” for the slicing, grinding and polishing of 300 mm diameter silicon wafers to achieve a ‘Site Front least sQuares Range’ (‘SFQR’) less than or equal to 20 nm at any site of 26 mm x 8 mm on the front surface of the wafer and an edge exclusion less than or equal to 2 mm.

Technical Note
For the purpose of 1-3.E.4., ‘SFQR’ is the range of maximum deviation and minimum deviation from front reference plane, calculated by least square method with all front surface data including site boundary within a site.

Category 4: Computers

Note 1:
Computers, related equipment and "software" performing telecommunications or "local area network" functions must also be evaluated against the performance characteristics of Category 5 - Part 1 (Telecommunications).

Note 2:
Control units which directly interconnect the buses or channels of central processing units, 'main storage' or disk controllers are not regarded as telecommunications equipment described in Category 5 - Part 1 (Telecommunications).

N.B.:
For the status of "software" specially designed for packet switching, see Category 5.D.1. (Telecommunications).

Technical Note:
‘Main storage’ is the primary storage for data or instructions for rapid access by a central processing unit. It consists of the internal storage of a “digital computer” and any hierarchical extension thereto, such as cache storage or non-sequentially accessed extended storage.

Note 3:
Not used since 2015

1-4.A. Systems, Equipment and Components

1-4.A.1. Electronic computers and related equipment, having any of the following and "electronic assemblies" and specially designed components therefor:

        • a. Specially designed to have any of the following:
          • 1. Rated for operation at an ambient temperature below 228 K (-45° C) or above 358 K (85° C); or

            Note:
            1-4.A.1.a.1. does not apply to computers specially designed for civil automobile, railway train or "civil aircraft" applications.
          • 2. Radiation hardened to exceed any of the following specifications:
            • Total Dose 5 x 103 Gy (Si);
            • Dose Rate Upset 5 x 106 Gy (Si)/s; or
            • Single Event Upset 1 x 10-8 Error/bit/day.

              Note:
              1-4.A.1.a.2. does not apply to computers specially designed for "civil aircraft" applications.
        • b. Not used since 2009

1-4.A.2. Not used since 2003

1-4.A.3. "Digital computers", "electronic assemblies", and related equipment therefor, as follows and specially designed components therefor:

        • Note 1:
          1-4.A.3. includes the following:
        • - 'Vector processors';
        • - Array processors;
        • - Digital signal processors;
        • - Logic processors;
        • - Equipment designed for "image enhancement”.
        • Note 2:
          The status of the "digital computers" and related equipment described in 1-4.A.3. is determined by the status of other equipment or systems provided:
        • a. The "digital computers" or related equipment are essential for the operation of the other equipment or systems;
        • b. The "digital computers" or related equipment are not a "principal element" of the other equipment or systems; and

          N.B. 1:
          The status of "signal processing" or "image enhancement" equipment specially designed for other equipment with functions limited to those required for the other equipment is determined by the status of the other equipment even if it exceeds the "principal element" criterion.

          N.B. 2:
          For the status of "digital computers" or related equipment for telecommunications equipment, see Category 5 - Part 1 (Telecommunications).
        • c. The "technology" for the "digital computers" and related equipment is determined by 1-4.E.
        • a. Not used since 2011
        • b. "Digital computers" having an 'Adjusted Peak Performance' ('APP') exceeding 70.0 Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT);
        • c. "Electronic assemblies" specially designed or modified for enhancing performance by aggregation of processors so that the 'APP' of the aggregation exceeds the limit specified by 1-4.A.3.b.;

          Note 1:
          1-4.A.3.c. applies only to "electronic assemblies" and programmable interconnections not exceeding the limit specified by 1-4.A.3.b. when shipped as unintegrated "electronic assemblies".

          Note 2:
          1-4.A.3.c. does not apply to "electronic assemblies" specially designed for a product or family of products whose maximum configuration does not exceed the limit specified by 1-4.A.3.b.
        • d. Not used since 2001
        • e. Not used since 2015

          N.B.:
          For “electronic assemblies”, modules or equipment, performing analogue-to-digital conversions , see 1-3.A. 2.h.
        • f. Not used since 1998
        • g. Equipment specially designed for aggregating the performance of "digital computers" by providing external interconnections which allow communications at unidirectional data rates exceeding 2.0 Gbyte/s per link.

          Note:
          1-4.A.3.g. does not apply to internal interconnection equipment (e.g. backplanes, buses), passive interconnection equipment, "network access controllers" or "communications channel controllers".

1-4.A.4. Computers as follows and specially designed related equipment, "electronic assemblies" and components therefor:

        • a. 'Systolic array computers';
        • b. 'Neural computers';
        • c. 'Optical computers'.
        • Technical Notes:
        • 1. ‘Systolic array computers’ are computers where the flow and modification of the data is dynamically controllable at the logic gate level by the user.
        • 2. ‘Neural computers’ are computational devices designed or modified to mimic the behaviour of a neuron or a collection of neurons, i.e., computational devices which are distinguished by their hardware capability to modulate the weights and numbers of the interconnections of a multiplicity of computational components based on previous data.
        • 3. ‘Optical computers’ are computers designed or modified to use light to represent data and whose computational logic elements are based on directly coupled optical devices.

1-4.A.5. Systems, equipment, and components therefor, specially designed or modified for the generation, command and control, or delivery of “intrusion software”.

1-4.B. Test, Inspection and Production Equipment

None

1-4.C. Materials

None

1-4.D. Software

Note:

The status of "software" for equipment described in other Categories is dealt with in the appropriate Category.

1-4.D.1. "Software" as follows:

        • "Software" specially designed or modified for the "development", or "production" of equipment or "software" specified by 1-4.A. or 1-4.D.
        • "Software", other than that specified by 1-4.D.1.a., specially designed or modified for the "development" or "production" of equipment as follows:
          • 1. "Digital computers" having an 'Adjusted Peak Performance' ('APP') exceeding 15 Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT);
          • 2. "Electronic assemblies" specially designed or modified for enhancing performance by aggregation of processors so that the 'APP' of the aggregation exceeds the limit in 1-4.D.1.b.1.

1-4.D.2. Not used since 2014.

1-4.D.3. Not used since 2009

1-4.D.4.“Software” specially designed or modified for the generation, command and control, or delivery of “intrusion software”.

        • Note:
          1-4.D.4 does not apply to “software” specially designed and limited to provide “software” updates or upgrades meeting all the following:
          • The update or upgrade operates only with the authorisation of the owner or administrator of the system receiving it; and
          • After the update or upgrade, the “software” updated or upgraded is not any of the following:
            • 1. “Software” specified by 1-4.D.4.; or
            • 2. “Intrusion software”.

1-4.E. Technology

1-4.E.1. "Technology" as follows:

        • "Technology" according to the General Technology Note, for the "development", "production" or "use" of equipment or "software" specified by 1-4.A. or 1-4.D.
        • “Technology” according to the General Technology Note, other than that specified by 1-4.E.1.a., for the “development” or “production” of equipment as follows:
          • 1. "Digital computers" having an 'Adjusted Peak Performance' ('APP') exceeding 15 Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT);
          • 2. "Electronic assemblies" specially designed or modified for enhancing performance by aggregation of processors so that the 'APP' of the aggregation exceeds the limit in 1-4.E.1.b.1.
        • "Technology" for the "development" of "intrusion software".

          Note 1:
          1-4.E.1.a. and 1-4.E.1.c. do not apply to “vulnerability disclosure” or “cyber incident response”.

          Note 2:
          Note 1 does not diminish national authorities’ rights to ascertain compliance with 1-4.E.1.a. and 1-4.E.1.c.

Technical Note on 'Adjusted Peak Performance' ('APP')

'APP' is an adjusted peak rate at which "digital computers" perform 64-bit or larger floating point additions and multiplications.

Abbreviations used in this Technical Note
nnumber of processors in the "digital computer"
iprocessor number (i,...n)
tiprocessor cycle time (ti = 1/Fi)
Fiprocessor frequency
Ripeak floating point calculating rate
Wiarchitecture adjustment factor

'APP' is expressed in Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT), in units of 1012 adjusted floating point operations per second.

Outline of 'APP' Calculation Method

        • 1. For each processor i, determine the peak number of 64-bit or larger floating point operations, FPOi , performed per cycle for each processor in the "digital computer".

          Note: In determining FPO, include only 64-bit or larger floating point additions or multiplications. All floating point operations must be expressed in operations per processor cycle; operations requiring multiple cycles may be expressed in fractional results per cycle. For processors not capable of performing calculations on floating point operands of 64-bit or more, the effective calculating rate R is zero.
        • 2. Calculate the floating point rate R for each processor: Ri = FPOi/ti.
        • 3. Calculate 'APP' as 'APP' = W1 x R1+ W2 x R2 + …+ Wn x Rn.
        • 4. For 'vector processors', Wi = 0.9. For non-'vector processors', Wi = 0.3.

Note 1: For processors that perform compound operations in a cycle, such as addition and multiplication, each operation is counted.

Note 2: For a pipelined processor the effective calculating rate R is the faster of the pipelined rate, once the pipeline is full, or the non-pipelined rate.

Note 3: The calculating rate R of each contributing processor is to be calculated at its maximum value theoretically possible before the 'APP' of the combination is derived. Simultaneous operations are assumed to exist when the computer manufacturer claims concurrent, parallel, or simultaneous operation or execution in a manual or brochure for the computer.

Note 4: Do not include processors that are limited to input/output and peripheral functions (e.g., disk drive, communication and video display) when calculating 'APP'.

Note 5: 'APP' values are not to be calculated for processor combinations (inter)connected by "Local Area Networks", Wide Area Networks, I/O shared connections/devices, I/O controllers and any communication interconnection implemented by "software".

Note 6: 'APP' values must be calculated for processor combinations containing processors specially designed to enhance performance by aggregation, operating simultaneously and sharing memory;

Technical Notes:
1. Aggregate all processors and accelerators operating simultaneously and located on the same die.

2. Processor combinations share memory when any processor is capable of accessing any memory location in the system through the hardware transmission of cache lines or memory words, without the involvement of any software mechanism, which may be achieved using “electronic assemblies” specified in 1-4.A.3.c.

Note 7: A 'vector processor' is defined as a processor with built-in instructions that perform multiple calculations on floating-point vectors (one-dimensional arrays of 64-bit or larger numbers) simultaneously, having at least 2 vector functional units and at least 8 vector registers of at least 64 elements each.

Category 5 - Part 1: Telecommunications

Note 1:
The status of components, test and "production" equipment and "software" therefor which are specially designed for telecommunications equipment or systems is determined in Category 5 - Part 1.

N.B.:
For "lasers" specially designed for telecommunications equipment or systems, see 1-6.A.5.

Note 2:
"Digital computers", related equipment or "software", when essential for the operation and support of telecommunications equipment described in this Category, are regarded as specially designed components, provided they are the standard models customarily supplied by the manufacturer. This includes operation, administration, maintenance, engineering or billing computer systems.

1-5.A.1. Systems, Equipment and Components

1-5.A.1. Telecommunications systems, equipment, components and accessories, as follows:

        • Any type of telecommunications equipment having any of the following characteristics, functions or features:
          • 1. Specially designed to withstand transitory electronic effects or electromagnetic pulse effects, both arising from a nuclear explosion;
          • 2. Specially hardened to withstand gamma, neutron or ion radiation;
          • 3. Specially designed to operate below 218 K (-55° C); or
          • 4. Specially designed to operate above 397 K (124° C);

            Note 1:
            1-5.A.1.a.3. and 1-5.A.1.a.4. apply only to electronic equipment.

            Note 2:
            1-5.A.1.a.2, 1-5.A.1.a.3. and 1-5.A.1.a.4. do not apply to equipment designed or modified for use on board satellites.

        • Telecommunication systems and equipment, and specially designed components and accessories therefor, having any of the following characteristics, functions or features:
          • 1. Being underwater untethered communications systems having any of the following:
            • An acoustic carrier frequency outside the range from 20 kHz to 60 kHz;
            • Using an electromagnetic carrier frequency below 30 kHz;
            • Using electronic beam steering techniques; or
            • Using "lasers" or light-emitting diodes (LEDs), with an output wavelength greater than 400 nm and less than 700 nm, in a "local area network";
          • 2. Being radio equipment operating in the 1.5 MHz to 87.5 MHz band and having all of the following:
            • Automatically predicting and selecting frequencies and "total digital transfer rates" per channel to optimise the transmission; and
            • Incorporating a linear power amplifier configuration having a capability to support multiple signals simultaneously at an output power of 1 kW or more in the frequency range of 1.5 MHz or more but less than 30 MHz, or 250 W or more in the frequency range of 30 MHz or more but not exceeding 87.5 MHz, over an "instantaneous bandwidth" of one octave or more and with an output harmonic and distortion content of better than -80 dB;
          • 3. Being radio equipment employing "spread spectrum" techniques, including "frequency hopping" techniques, not specified by 1-5.A.1.b.4. and having any of the following:
            • User programmable spreading codes; or
            • A total transmitted bandwidth which is 100 or more times the bandwidth of any one information channel and in excess of 50 kHz;

              Note:
              1-5.A.1.b.3.b. does not apply to radio equipment specially designed for use with any of the following:
              • Civil cellular radio-communications systems; or
              • Fixed or mobile satellite earth stations for commercial civil telecommunications.

            Note:
            1-5.A.1.b.3. does not apply to equipment designed to operate at an output power of 1 W or less.

          • 4. Being radio equipment employing ultra-wideband modulation techniques having user programmable channelizing codes, scrambling codes or network identification codes and having any of the following:
            • A bandwidth exceeding 500 MHz; or
            • A "fractional bandwidth" of 20% or more;
          • 5. Being digitally controlled radio receivers having all of the following:
            • More than 1,000 channels;
            • A 'channel switching time' of less than 1 ms;
            • Automatic searching or scanning of a part of the electromagnetic spectrum; and
            • Identification of the received 'signals or the type of transmitter; or

            Note:
            1-5.A.1.b.5. does not apply to radio equipment specially designed for use with civil cellular radio-communications systems.

            Technical Note:
            'Channel switching time': the time (i.e., delay) to change from one receiving frequency to another, to arrive at or within ±0.05% of the final specified receiving frequency. Items having a specified frequency range of less than ±0.05% around their centre frequency are defined to be incapable of channel frequency switching.

          • 6. Employing functions of digital "signal processing" to provide 'voice coding' output at rates of less than 700 bit/s.

            Technical Notes:
            • 1. For variable rate 'voice coding', 1-5.A.1.b.6. applies to the 'voice coding' output of continuous speech.
            • 2. For the purpose of 1-5.A.1.b.6., 'voice coding' is defined as the technique to take samples of human voice and then convert these samples into a digital signal, taking into account specific characteristics of human speech.
        • Optical fibres of more than 500 m in length and specified by the manufacturer as being capable of withstanding a 'proof test' tensile stress of 2x109 N/m2 or more;

          N.B.:
          For underwater umbilical cables, see 1-8.A.2.a.3.

          Technical Note:
          'Proof Test': on-line or off-line production screen testing that dynamically applies a prescribed tensile stress over a 0.5 to 3 m length of fibre at a running rate of 2 to 5m/s while passing between capstans approximately 150 mm in diameter. The ambient temperature is a nominal 293 K (20° C) and relative humidity 40%. Equivalent national standards may be used for executing the proof test.
        • ‘Electronically steerable phased array antennae’ as follows: as follows:
          • 1. Rated for operation above 31.8 GHz, but not exceeding 57 GHz, and having an Effective Radiated Power (ERP) equal to or greater than +20 dBm (22.15 dBm Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP));
          • 2. Rated for operation above 57 GHz, but not exceeding 66 GHz, and having an ERP equal to or greater than +24 dBm (26.15 dBm EIRP);
          • 3. Rated for operation above 66 GHz, but not exceeding 90 GHz, and having an ERP equal to or greater than +20 dBm (22.15 dBm EIRP);
          • 4. Rated for operation above 90 GHz;

            Note 1:
            1-5.A.1.d. does not apply to ‘electronically steerable phased array antennae’ for landing systems with instruments meeting ICAO standards covering Microwave Landing Systems (MLS).

            Note 2            :
            1-5.A.1.d. does not apply to antennae specially designed for any of the following:
            a. Civil cellular or WLAN radio-communications systems;
            b. IEEE 802.15 or wireless HDMI; or
            c. Fixed or mobile satellite earth stations for commercial civil telecommunications.

            Technical Note:
            For the purposes of 1-5.A.1.d. ‘electronically steerable phased array antenna’ is an antenna which forms a beam by means of phase coupling, (i.e., the beam direction is controlled by the complex excitation coefficients of the radiating elements) and the direction of that beam can be varied (both in transmission and reception) in azimuth or in elevation, or both, by application of an electrical signal.

        • Radio direction finding equipment operating at frequencies above 30 MHz and having all of the following, and specially designed components therefor:
          • 1. "Instantaneous bandwidth" of 10 MHz or more; and
          • 2. Capable of finding a Line Of Bearing (LOB) to non-cooperating radio transmitters with a signal duration of less than 1 ms;
        • Mobile telecommunications interception or jamming equipment, and monitoring equipment therefor, as follows, and specially designed components therefor:
          • 1. Interception equipment designed for the extraction of voice or data, transmitted over the air interface;
          • 2. Interception equipment not specified in 1-5.A.1.f.1., designed for the extraction of client device or subscriber identifiers (e.g., IMSI, TIMSI or IMEI), signalling, or other metadata transmitted over the air interface;
          • 3. Jamming equipment specially designed or modified to intentionally and selectively interfere with, deny, inhibit, degrade or seduce mobile telecommunication services and performing any of the following:
            • Simulate the functions of Radio Access Network (RAN) equipment;
            • Detect and exploit specific characteristics of the mobile telecommunications protocol employed (e.g., GSM); or
            • Exploit specific characteristics of the mobile telecommunications protocol employed (e.g., GSM);
          • 4. RF monitoring equipment designed or modified to identify the operation of items specified in 1-5.A.1.f.1., 1-5.A.1.f.2. or 1-5.A.1.f.3.;

          Note:
          1-5.A.1.f.1. and 1-5.A.1.f.2. do not apply to any of the following:
          • Equipment specially designed for the interception of analogue Private Mobile Radio (PMR), IEEE 802.11 WLAN;
          • Equipment designed for mobile telecommunications network operators; or
          • Equipment designed for the “development” or “production” of mobile telecommunications equipment or systems.

            N.B.:

            • 1. See also the Munitions List.
            • 2. For radio receivers see 1-5.A.1.b.5.
        • Passive Coherent Location (PCL) systems or equipment, specially designed for detecting and tracking moving objects by measuring reflections of ambient radio frequency emissions, supplied by non-radar transmitters;

          Technical Note:
          Non-radar transmitters may include commercial radio, television or cellular telecommunications base stations.

          Note:
          1-5.A.1.g. does not apply to any of the following:
          • Radio-astronomical equipment; or
          • Systems or equipment, that require any radio transmission from the target.
        • Counter Improvised Explosive Device (IED) equipment and related equipment, as follows:
          • 1. Radio Frequency (RF) transmitting equipment, not specified by 1-5.A.1.f. designed or modified for prematurely activating or preventing the initiation of Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs);
          • 2. Equipment using techniques designed to enable radio communications in the same frequency channels on which co-located equipment specified by 1-5.A.1.h.1. is transmitting;

          N.B.:
          See also the Munitions List.

        • Not used since 2012

          N.B.:
          See 1-5.A.1.f. for items previously specified by 1-5.A.1.i.

        • IP network communications surveillance systems or equipment, and specially designed components therefor, having all of the following:
          • 1. Performing all of the following on a carrier class IP network (e.g., national grade IP backbone):
            • a. Analysis at the application layer (e.g., Layer 7 of Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) model (ISO/IEC 7498-1));
            • b. Extraction of selected metadata and application content (e.g., voice, video, messages, attachments); and
            • c. Indexing of extracted data; and
          • 2. Being specially designed to carry out all of the following:
              • a. Execution of searches on the basis of “hard selectors”; and
              • b. Mapping of the relational network of an individual or of a group of people.

            Note:
            1-5.A.1.j. does not apply to systems or equipment, specially designed for any of the following:

              • a. Marketing purpose;
              • b. Network Quality of Service (QoS); or
              • c. Quality of Experience (QoE).

1-5.B.1. Test, Inspection and Production Equipment

1-5.B.1. Telecommunication test, inspection and production equipment, components and accessories, as follows:

        • Equipment and specially designed components or accessories therefor, specially designed for the "development", or "production" of equipment, functions or features, specified by 1-5.A.1.;

          Note:
          1-5.B.1.a. does not apply to optical fibre characterization equipment.

        • Equipment and specially designed components or accessories therefor, specially designed for the "development" of any of the following telecommunication transmission or switching equipment:
          • 1. Not used since 2009
          • 2. Equipment employing a "laser" and having any of the following:
            • A transmission wavelength exceeding 1,750 nm; or
            • Not used since 2015
            • Not used since 2016
            • Employing analogue techniques and having a bandwidth exceeding 2.5 GHz; or

              Note:
              1-5.B.1.b.2.d. does not apply to equipment specially designed for the "development" of commercial TV systems.

          • 3. Not used since 2009
          • 4. Radio equipment employing Quadrature-Amplitude-Modulation (QAM) techniques above level 1,024.
          • 5. Not used since 2011

1-5.C.1. Materials

None

1-5.D.1. Software

1-5.D.1. "Software" as follows:

        • "Software" specially designed or modified for the "development", "production" or "use" of equipment, functions or features, specified by 1-5.A.1.;
        • Not used since 2014
        • Specific "software" specially designed or modified to provide characteristics, functions or features of equipment, specified by 1-5.A.1. or 1-5.B.1.;
        • "Software" specially designed or modified for the "development" of any of the following telecommunication transmission or switching equipment:
          • 1. Not used since 2009
          • 2. Equipment employing a "laser" and having any of the following:
            • A transmission wavelength exceeding 1,750 nm; or
            • Employing analogue techniques and having a bandwidth exceeding 2.5 GHz; or

              Note:
              1-5.D.1.d.2.b. does not apply to "software" specially designed or modified for the "development" of commercial TV systems.

          • 3. Not used since 2009
          • 4. Radio equipment employing Quadrature-Amplitude-Modulation (QAM) techniques above level 1,024.
        • “Software”, other than that specified by 1-5.D.1.a. or 1-5.D.1.c., specially designed or modified for monitoring or analysis by law enforcement, providing all of the following:

          1. Execution of searches on the basis of “hard selectors” of either the content of communication or metadata acquired from a communications service provider using a ‘handover interface’; and

          Technical Notes
          1. For the purposes of 1-5.D.1.e., a ‘handover interface’ is a physical and logical interface, designed for use by an authorised law enforcement authority, across which targeted interception measures are requested from a communications service provider and the results of interception are delivered from a communications service provider to the requesting authority. The ‘handover interface’ is implemented within systems or equipment (e.g., mediation devices) that receive and validate the interception request, and deliver to the requesting authority only the results of interception that fulfil the validated request.
          2. ‘Handover interfaces’ may be specified by international standards (including but not limited to ETSI TS 101 331, ETSI TS 101 671, 3GPP TS 33.108) or national equivalents.

          2. Mapping of the relational network or tracking the movement of targeted individuals based on the results of searches on content of communication or metadata or searches as described in 1-5.D.1.e.1.

          Note:
          1-5.D.1.e. does not apply to “software” specially designed or modified for any of the following:
          a. Billing purposes;
          b. Network Quality of Service (QoS);
          c. Quality of Experience (QoE);
          d. Mediation devices; or
          e. Mobile payment or banking use.

1-5.E.1. Technology

1-5.E.1. "Technology" as follows:

        • “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development”, “production” or “use” (excluding operation) of equipment, functions or features specified by 1-5.A.1. or “software” specified by 1‑5.D.1.a. or 1-5.D.1.e.;
        • Specific "technology" as follows:
          • 1. "Technology" "required" for the "development" or "production" of telecommunications equipment specially designed to be used on board satellites;
          • 2. "Technology" for the "development" or "use" of "laser" communication techniques with the capability of automatically acquiring and tracking signals and maintaining communications through exoatmosphere or sub-surface (water) media;
          • 3. "Technology" for the "development" of digital cellular radio base station receiving equipment whose reception capabilities that allow multi-band, multi-channel, multi-mode, multi-coding algorithm or multi-protocol operation can be modified by changes in "software";
          • 4. "Technology" for the "development" of "spread spectrum" techniques, including "frequency hopping" techniques;

            Note:
            1-5.E.1.b.4. does not apply to "technology" for the "development"of any of the following:
            • Civil cellular radio-communications systems; or
            • Fixed or mobile satellite earth stations for commercial civil telecommunications.
        • "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" or "production" of any of the following:
          • 1.Not used since 2016
          • 2. Equipment employing a "laser" and having any of the following:
            • A transmission wavelength exceeding 1,750 nm;
            • Not used since 2015
            • Not used since 2016
            • Employing wavelength division multiplexing techniques of optical carriers at less than 100 GHz spacing; or
            • Employing analogue techniques and having a bandwidth exceeding 2.5 GHz;

              Note:
              1-5.E.1.c.2.e. does not apply to "technology" for commercial TV systems.

            N.B.:
            For "technology" for the "development" or "production" of non-telecommunications equipment employing a "laser", see 1-6.E.

          • 3. Equipment employing "optical switching" and having a switching time less than 1 ms;
          • 4. Radio equipment having any of the following:
            • Quadrature-Amplitude-Modulation (QAM) techniques above level 1,024;
            • Operating at input or output frequencies exceeding 31.8 GHz; or

              Note:
              1-5.E.1.c.4.b. does not apply to "technology" for equipment designed or modified for operation in any frequency band which is "allocated by the ITU" for radio-communications services, but not for radio-determination.
            • Operating in the 1.5 MHz to 87.5 MHz band and incorporating adaptive techniques providing more than 15 dB suppression of an interfering signal; or
          • 5. Not used since 2011
          • 6. Mobile equipment having all of the following:
            • Operating at an optical wavelength greater than or equal to 200 nm and less than or equal to 400 nm; and
            • Operating as a "local area network";
        • "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the “development” or “production” of “Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit” (“MMIC”) amplifiers specially designed for telecommunications and that are any of the following:

          Technical Note:
          For purposes of 1-5.E.1.d., the parameter peak saturated power output may also be referred to on product data sheets as output power, saturated power output, maximum power output, peak power output, or peak envelope power output.
          • 1. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz with a “fractional bandwidth” greater than 15%, and having any of the following:
            • a. A peak saturated power output greater than 75 W (48.75 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 2.9 GHz;
            • b. A peak saturated power output greater than 55 W (47.4 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 2.9 GHz up to and including 3.2 GHz;
            • c. A peak saturated power output greater than 40 W (46 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 3.2 GHz up to and including 3.7 GHz; or
            • d. A peak saturated power output greater than 20 W (43 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 3.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz;
          • 2. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 16 GHz with a “fractional bandwidth” greater than 10%, and having any of the following:
            • a. A peak saturated power output greater than 10W (40 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 8.5 GHz; or
            • b. A peak saturated power output greater than 5W (37 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 8.5 GHz up to and including 16 GHz;
          • 3. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 3 W (34.77 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 16 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 10%;
          • 4. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW (-70 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 31.8 GHz up to and including 37 GHz;
          • 5. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 1 W (30 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 37 GHz up to and including 43.5 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 10%;
          • 6. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 31.62 mW (15 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 43.5 GHz up to and including 75 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 10%;
          • 7. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 10 mW (10 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 75 GHz up to and including 90 GHz, and with a “fractional bandwidth” of greater than 5%; or
          • 8. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW (-70 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 90 GHz;
        • "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" or "production" of electronic devices and circuits, specially designed for telecommunications and containing components manufactured from "superconductive" materials, specially designed for operation at temperatures below the "critical temperature" of at least one of the "superconductive" constituents and having any of the following:
          • 1. Current switching for digital circuits using "superconductive" gates with a product of delay time per gate (in seconds) and power dissipation per gate (in watts) of less than 10-14 J; or
          • 2. Frequency selection at all frequencies using resonant circuits with Q-values exceeding 10,000.

Category 5 - Part 2: "Information Security"

Note 1:
Not used since 2015

Note 2:
Category 5 - Part 2 does not apply to products when accompanying their user for the user’s personal use.

Note 3: Cryptography Note
1-5.A.2., 1-5.D.2.a.1., 1-5.D.2.b. and 1-5.D.2.c.1. do not apply to items as follows:

        • Items meeting all of the following:
          • 1. Generally available to the public by being sold, without restriction, from stock at retail selling points by means of any of the following:
            • Over-the-counter transactions;
            • Mail order transactions;
            • Electronic transactions; or
            • Telephone call transactions;
          • 2. The cryptographic functionality cannot easily be changed by the user;
          • 3. Designed for installation by the user without further substantial support by the supplier; and
          • 4. When necessary, details of the items are accessible and will be provided, upon request, to the appropriate authority in the exporter’s country in order to ascertain compliance with conditions described in paragraphs 1. to 3. above;
        • Hardware components or ‘executable software’, of existing items described in paragraph a. of this Note, that have been designed for these existing items, and meeting all of the following:
          • 1. "Information security" is not the primary function or set of functions of the component or 'executable software';
          • 2. The component or ‘executable software’ does not change any cryptographic functionality of the existing items, or add new cryptographic functionality to the existing items;
          • 3. The feature set of the component or ‘executable software’ is fixed and is not designed or modified to customer specification; and
          • 4. When necessary as determined by the appropriate authority in the exporter’s country, details of the component or ‘executable software’, and details of relevant end-items are accessible and will be provided to the authority upon request, in order to ascertain compliance with conditions described above.

Technical Note:
For the purpose of the Cryptography Note, ‘executable software’ means “software” in executable form, from an existing hardware component excluded from 1-5.A.2. by the Cryptography Note.

Note:
‘Executable software’ does not include complete binary images of the "software" running on an end-item.

Note to the Cryptography Note:

        • 1. To meet paragraph a. of Note 3, all of the following must apply:
          • The item is of potential interest to a wide range of individuals and businesses; and
          • The price and information about the main functionality of the item are available before purchase without the need to consult the vendor or supplier. A simple price enquiry is not considered to be a consultation.
        • 2. In determining eligibility of paragraph a. of Note 3, national authorities may take into account relevant factors such as quantity, price, required technical skill, existing sales channels, typical customers, typical use or any exclusionary practices of the supplier.

1-5.A.2. Systems, Equipment and Components

Cryptographic “ Information Security”

1-5.A.2. "Information security" systems, equipment and components, as follows:

N.B.:

For “satellite navigation system” receiving equipment containing or employing decryption see 1-7.A.5., and for related decryption “software” and “technology” see 1-7.D.5. and 1-7.E.1.

        • Designed or modified to use ‘cryptography for data confidentiality’ having a ‘described security algorithm’, where that cryptographic capability is usable, has been activated, or can be activated by any means other than secure “cryptographic activation”, as follows:

          • 1. Items having “information security” as a primary function;
          • 2. Digital communication or networking systems, equipment or components, not specified in paragraph 1-5.A.2.a.1.;
          • 3. Computers, other items having information storage or processing as a primary function, and components therefor, not specified in paragraphs 1 5.A.2.a.1. or 1-5.A.2.a.2.;

            N.B.:
            For operating systems, see also 1-5.D.2.a.1. and 1-5.D.2.c.1.
          • 4. Items, not specified in paragraphs 1-5.A.2.a.1. to a.3., where the ‘cryptography for data confidentiality’ having a ‘described security algorithm’ meets all of the following:
            • It supports a non-primary function of the item; and
            • It is performed by incorporated equipment or “software” that would, as a standalone item, be specified by Category 5 – Part 2.

          Technical Notes:

          • 1. For the purposes of 1-5.A.2.a., ‘cryptography for data confidentiality’ means “cryptography” that employs digital techniques and performs any cryptographic function other than any of the following:
            • “Authentication”;
            • Digital signature;
            • Data integrity;
            • Non-repudiation;
            • Digital rights management, including the execution of copy-protected “software”;
            • Encryption or decryption in support of entertainment, mass commercial broadcasts or medical records management; or
            • Key management in support of any function described in paragraph a. to f. above.
          • 2. For the purposes of 1-5.A.2.a., ‘described security algorithm’ means any of the following:
            • A “symmetric algorithm” employing a key length in excess of 56 bits, not including parity bits;
            • An “asymmetric algorithm” where the security of the algorithm is based on any of the following:
              • 1. Factorisation of integers in excess of 512 bits (e.g., RSA);
              • 2. Computation of discrete logarithms in a multiplicative group of a finite field of size greater than 512 bits (e.g., Diffie-Hellman over Z/pZ); or
              • 3. Discrete logarithms in a group other than mentioned in paragraph b.2. in excess of 112 bits (e.g., Diffie-Hellman over an elliptic curve).
              • c. An “asymmetric algorithm” where the security of the algorithm is based on any of the following:
                  • 1. Shortest vector or closest vector problems associated with lattices (e.g., NewHope, Frodo, NTRUEncrypt, Kyber, Titanium);
                  • 2. Finding isogenies between Supersingular elliptic curves (e.g., Supersingular Isogeny Key Encapsulation); or
                  • 3. Decoding random codes (e.g., McEliece, Niederreiter).

                Technical Note:
                An algorithm described by Technical Note 2.c. may be referred to as being post-quantum, quantum-safe or quantum-resistant.

          Note 1:
          When necessary as determined by the appropriate authority in the exporter's country, details of items must be accessible and provided to the authority upon request, in order to establish any of the following:

          • Whether the item meets the criteria of 1 5.A.2.a.1. to a.4.; or
          • Whether the cryptographic capability for data confidentiality specified by 1 5.A.2.a. is usable without “cryptographic activation”.

          Note 2:
          1-5.A.2.a. does not apply to any of the following items, or specially designed “information security” components therefor:

          • Smart cards and smart card ‘readers/writers’ as follows:
            • 1. A smart card or an electronically readable personal document (e.g., token coin, e passport) that meets any of the following:
              • The cryptographic capability meets all of the following:
                • 1. It is restricted for use in any of the following:
                  • Equipment or systems not described by 1-5.A.2.a.1. to a.4.;
                  • Equipment or systems not using ‘cryptography for data confidentiality’ having a ‘described security algorithm’; or
                  • Equipment or systems excluded from 1-5.A.2.a. by entries b. to f. of this Note; and
                • 2. It cannot be reprogrammed for any other use; or
              • Having all of the following:
                • 1. It is specially designed and limited to allow protection of ‘personal data’ stored within;
                • 2. Has been, or can only be, personalized for public or commercial transactions or individual identification; and
                • 3. Where the cryptographic capability is not user-accessible;

                  Technical Note:
                  ‘Personal data’ includes any data specific to a particular person or entity, such as the amount of money stored and data necessary for “authentication”.
            • 2. ‘Readers/writers’ specially designed or modified, and limited, for items specified by paragraph a.1. of this Note;
          • Cryptographic equipment specially designed and limited for banking use or ‘money transactions’;

            Technical Note:
            ‘Money transactions’ in 1-5.A.2. Note 2.b. includes the collection and settlement of fares or credit functions.
          • Portable or mobile radiotelephones for civil use (e.g., for use with commercial civil cellular radio communication systems) that are not capable of transmitting encrypted data directly to another radiotelephone or equipment (other than Radio Access Network (RAN) equipment), nor of passing encrypted data through RAN equipment (e.g., Radio Network Controller (RNC) or Base Station Controller (BSC));
          • Cordless telephone equipment not capable of end-to-end encryption where the maximum effective range of unboosted cordless operation (i.e., a single, unrelayed hop between terminal and home base station) is less than 400 metres according to the manufacturer’s specifications;
          • Portable or mobile radiotelephones and similar client wireless devices for civil use, that implement only published or commercial cryptographic standards (except for anti piracy functions, which may be non-published) and also meet the provisions of paragraphs a.2. to a.4. of the Cryptography Note (Note 3 in Category 5 - Part 2), that have been customised for a specific civil industry application with features that do not affect the cryptographic functionality of these original non-customised devices;
          • Items, where the “information security” functionality is limited to wireless “personal area network” functionality implementing only published or commercial cryptographic standards;
          • Mobile telecommunications Radio Access Network (RAN) equipment designed for civil use, which also meet the provisions of paragraphs a.2. to a.4. of the Cryptography Note (Note 3 in Category 5 - Part 2), having an RF output power limited to 0.1W (20 dBm) or less, and supporting 16 or fewer concurrent users;
          • Routers, switches, gateways or relays, where the “information security” functionality is limited to the tasks of “Operations, Administration or Maintenance” (“OAM”) implementing only published or commercial cryptographic standards;
          • General purpose computing equipment or servers, where the “information security” functionality meets all of the following:
            • 1. Uses only published or commercial cryptographic standards; and
            • 2. Is any of the following:
              • Integral to a CPU that meets the provisions of Note 3 in Category 5 - Part 2;
              • Integral to an operating system that is not specified by 1-5.D.2.; or
              • Limited to “OAM” of the equipment.
          • Items specially designed for a ‘connected civil industry application’, meeting all of the following:
            • 1. Being any of the following:
              • A network-capable endpoint device meeting any of the following:
                • 1. The “information security” functionality is limited to securing ‘non-arbitrary data’ or the tasks of “Operations, Administration or Maintenance” (“OAM”); or
                • 2. The device is limited to a specific ‘connected civil industry application’; or
              • Networking equipment meeting all of the following:
                • 1. Being specially designed to communicate with the devices specified by paragraph j.1.a. above; and
                • 2. The “information security” functionality is limited to supporting the ‘connected civil industry application’ of devices specified by paragraph j.1.a. above, or the tasks of “OAM” of this networking equipment or of other items specified by paragraph j. of this Note; and
            • 2. Where the “information security” functionality implements only published or commercial cryptographic standards, and the cryptographic functionality cannot easily be changed by the user.

            Technical Notes:

            • 1. ‘Connected civil industry application’ means a network-connected consumer or civil industry application other than “information security”, digital communication, general purpose networking or computing.
            • 2. ‘Non-arbitrary data’ means sensor or metering data directly related to the stability, performance or physical measurement of a system (e.g., temperature, pressure, flow rate, mass, volume, voltage, physical location etc.), that cannot be changed by the user of the device.
        • Being a ‘cryptographic activation token’;

          Technical Note:
          A ‘cryptographic activation token’ is an item designed or modified for any of the following:

          • 1. Converting, by means of “cryptographic activation”, an item not specified by Category 5 – Part 2 into an item specified by 1-5.A.2.a. or 1-5.D.2.c.1., and not released by the Cryptography Note (Note 3 in Category 5 – Part 2); or
          • 2. Enabling, by means of “cryptographic activation”, additional functionality specified by 1-5.A.2.a. of an item already specified by Category 5 – Part 2.
        • Designed or modified to use or perform “quantum cryptography”;

          Technical Note:
          “Quantum cryptography” is also known as Quantum Key Distribution (QKD).

        • Designed or modified to use cryptographic techniques to generate channelising codes, scrambling codes or network identification codes, for systems using ultra-wideband modulation techniques and having any of the following:
          • 1. A bandwidth exceeding 500 MHz; or
          • 2. A “fractional bandwidth” of 20% or more;
        • Designed or modified to use cryptographic techniques to generate the spreading code for “spread spectrum” systems, not specified by 1-5.A.2.d., including the hopping code for “frequency hopping” systems.

Non-Cryptographic “Information Security”

1-5.A.3. Systems, equipment and components, for non-cryptographic “information security”, as follows:

        • Communications cable systems designed or modified to use mechanical, electrical or electronic means to detect surreptitious intrusion;
          Note:
          1-5.A.3.a. applies only to physical layer security. For the purpose of 1-5.A.3.a., the physical layer includes Layer 1 of the Reference Model of Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) (ISO/IEC 7498-1).
        • Specially designed or modified to reduce the compromising emanations of information-bearing signals beyond what is necessary for health, safety or electromagnetic interference standards.

Defeating, Weakening Or Bypassing “Information Security”

1-5.A.4. Systems, equipment and components for defeating, weakening or bypassing “information security”, as follows:

        • Designed or modified to perform ‘cryptanalytic functions’.

          Note:
          1-5.A.4.a. includes systems or equipment, designed or modified to perform ‘cryptanalytic functions’ by means of reverse engineering.

          Technical Note:
          ‘Cryptanalytic functions’ are functions designed to defeat cryptographic mechanisms in order to derive confidential variables or sensitive data, including clear text, passwords or cryptographic keys.
        • Items, not specified by 1-4.A.5. or 1-5.A.4.a., designed to perform all of the following:
          1. ‘Extract raw data’ from a computing or communications device; and
          2. Circumvent “authentication” or authorisation controls of the device, in order to perform the function described in 1-5.A.4.b.1.

          Technical Note:
          ‘Extract raw data’ from a computing or communications device means to retrieve binary data from a storage medium, e.g. RAM, flash or hard disk, of the device without interpretation by the device’s operating system or filesystem.

          Note 1:
          1-5.A.4.b. does not apply to systems or equipment specially designed for the “development” or “production” of a computing or communications device.

          Note 2:
          1-5.A.4.b. does not include:
          a. Debuggers, hypervisors;
          b. Items limited to logical data extraction;
          c. Data extraction items using chip-off or JTAG; or
          d. Items specially designed and limited to jail-breaking or rooting.

1-5.B.2. Test, Inspection and Production Equipment

1-5.B.2. "Information security" test, inspection and "production" equipment, as follows:

        1. Equipment specially designed for the “development” or “production” of equipment specified by 1-5.A.2 ., 1-5.A.3., 1-5.A.4. or 1-5.B.2.b.;
        2. Measuring equipment specially designed to evaluate and validate the “information security” functions of equipment specified by 1-5.A.2 ., 1-5.A.3. or 1-5.A.4., or of “software” specified by 1-5.D.2.a. or 1-5.D.2.c .

1-5.C.2. Materials

None

1-5.D.2. Software

1-5.D.2. "Software" as follows:

        • “Software” specially designed or modified for the “development”, “production” or “use” of any of the following:
          • 1. Equipment specified by 1-5.A.2. or “software” specified by 1 5.D.2.c.1.;
          • 2. Equipment specified by 1-5.A.3. or “software” specified by 1 5.D.2.c.2.; or
          • 3. Equipment or “software”, as follows:
            • Equipment specified by 1-5.A.4.a. or “software” specified by 1‑5.D.2.c.3.a.;
            • Equipment specified by 1-5.A.4.b. or “software” specified by 1‑5.D.2.c.3.b.;
        • “Software” having the characteristics of a ‘cryptographic activation token’ specified by 1-5.A.2.b.;
        • “Software” having the characteristics of, or performing or simulating the functions of, any of the following:
          • 1. Equipment specified by 1-5.A.2.a., 1-5.A.2.c., 1-5.A.2.d. or 1-5.A.2.e.;
            Note:
            1-5.D.2.c.1. does not apply to “software” limited to the tasks of “OAM” implementing only published or commercial cryptographic standards.
          • 2. Equipment specified by 1-5.A.3.; or
          • 3. Equipment, as follows:
            • Equipment specified by 1-5.A.4.a.;
            • Equipment specified by 1-5.A.4.b.

              Note:
              1-5.D.2.c.3.b. does not apply to “intrusion software”.
        • Not used since 2016
          N.B.:
          See 1-5.D.2.b. for items formerly specified in 1-5.D.2.d.

1-5.E.2. Technology

1-5.E.2. "Technology" as follows:

        • “Technology” according to the General Technology Note for the “development”, “production” or “use” of equipment specified by 1-5.A.2., 1-5.A.3., 1-5.A.4. or 1-5.B.2., or of “software” specified by 1-5.D.2.a. or 1-5.D.2.c.;

          Note:
          1-5.E.2.a. does not apply to “technology” for items specified by 1-5.A.4.b., 1‑5.D.2.a.3.b. or 1-5.D.2.c.3.b.

        • “Technology” having the characteristics of a ‘cryptographic activation token’ specified by 1-5.A.2.b.;

          Note:
          1-5.E.2. includes “information security” technical data resulting from procedures carried out to evaluate or determine the implementation of functions, features or techniques specified in Category 5 - Part 2.

Category 6: Sensors and "Lasers"

1-6.A. Systems, Equipment and Components

1-6.A.1. Acoustics

Acoustic systems, equipment and components, as follows:

        • Depth sounders operating vertically below the apparatus, not including a scanning function exceeding ± 20°, and limited to measuring the depth of water, the distance of submerged or buried objects or fish finding;
        • Acoustic beacons, as follows:
          • 1. Acoustic emergency beacons;
          • 2. Pingers specially designed for relocating or returning to an underwater position.
        • Acoustic seabed survey equipment as follows:
          • 1. Surface vessel survey equipment designed for seabed topographic mapping and having all of the following:
            • Designed to take measurements at an angle exceeding 20° from the vertical;
            • Designed to measure seabed topography at seabed depths exceeding 600 m;
            • 'Sounding resolution' less than 2; and
            • 'Enhancement' of the depth "accuracy "through compensation for all the following:
              • 1. Motion of the acoustic sensor;
              • 2. In-water propagation from sensor to the seabed and back; and
              • 3. Sound speed at the sensor;
              Technical Notes:
              • 1. 'Sounding resolution' is the swath width (degrees) divided by the maximum number of soundings per swath.
              • 2. 'Enhancement' includes the ability to compensate by external means.
          • 2. Underwater survey equipment designed for seabed topographic mapping and having any of the following:

            • Technical Note:
              The acoustic sensor pressure rating determines the depth rating of the equipment specified by 1-6.A.1.a.1.a.2.

            • Having all of the following:
              • 1. Designed or modified to operate at depths exceeding 300 m; and
              • 2. 'Sounding rate' greater than 3,800 m/s; or.

              Technical Note:
              ‘Sounding rate’ is the product of the maximum speed (m/s) at which the sensor can operate and the maximum number of soundings per swath assuming 100% coverage. For systems that produce soundings in two directions (3D sonars), the maximum of the 'sounding rate' in either direction should be used.

            • Survey equipment, not specified by 1-6.A.1.a.1.a.2.a., having all of the following:
              • 1. Designed or modified to operate at depths exceeding 100 m;
              • 2. Designed to take measurements at an angle exceeding 20° from the vertical;
              • 3. Having any of the following:
                • Operating frequency below 350 kHz; or
                • Designed to measure seabed topography at a range exceeding 200 m from the acoustic sensor; and
              • 4. 'Enhancement' of the depth "accuracy" through compensation of all of the following:
                • Motion of the acoustic sensor;
                • In-water propagation from sensor to the seabed and back; and
                • Sound speed at the sensor.
          • 3. Side Scan Sonar (SSS) or Synthetic Aperture Sonar (SAS), designed for seabed imaging and having all of the following, and specially designed transmitting and receiving acoustic arrays therefor:
            • Designed or modified to operate at depths exceeding 500 m;
            • An 'area coverage rate' of greater than 570 m2/s while operating at the maximum range that it can operate with an 'along track resolution' of less than 15 cm; and
            • An 'across track resolution' of less than 15 cm;

              Technical Notes:
              • 1. 'Area coverage rate' (m2/s) is twice the product of the sonar range (m) and the maximum speed (m/s) at which the sensor can operate at that range.
              • 2. 'Along track resolution' (cm), for SSS only, is the product of azimuth (horizontal) beamwidth (degrees) and sonar range (m) and 0.873.
              • 3. 'Across track resolution' (cm) is 75 divided by the signal bandwidth (kHz).
        • Systems or transmitting and receiving arrays, designed for object detection or location having any of the following:
          • 1. A transmitting frequency below 10 kHz;
          • 2. Sound pressure level exceeding 224 dB (reference 1 μPa at 1 m) for equipment with an operating frequency in the band from 10 kHz to 24 kHz inclusive;
          • 3. Sound pressure level exceeding 235 dB (reference 1 μPa at 1 m) for equipment with an operating frequency in the band between 24 kHz and 30 kHz;
          • 4. Forming beams of less than 1° on any axis and having an operating frequency of less than 100 kHz;
          • 5. Designed to operate with an unambiguous display range exceeding 5,120 m; or
          • 6. Designed to withstand pressure during normal operation at depths exceeding 1,000 m and having transducers with any of the following:
            • Dynamic compensation for pressure; or
            • Incorporating other than lead zirconate titanate as the transduction element;
        • Acoustic projectors (including transducers) incorporating piezoelectric, magnetostrictive, electrostrictive, electrodynamic or hydraulic elements operating individually or in a designed combination and having any of the following:

          Note 1:
          The status of acoustic projectors, including transducers, specially designed for other equipment not specified by 1-6.A.1. is determined by the status of the other equipment.

          Note 2:
          1-6.A.1.a.1.c. does not apply to electronic sources which direct the sound vertically only, or mechanical (e.g., air gun or vapour-shock gun) or chemical (e.g., explosive) sources.

          Note 3:
          Piezoelectric elements specified in 1-6.A.1.a.1.c. include those made from lead-magnesium-niobate/lead-titanate (Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O3-PbTiO3, or PMN-PT) single crystals grown from solid solution or lead-indium-niobate/lead-magnesium niobate/lead-titanate (Pb(In1/2Nb1/2)O3–Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O3–PbTiO3, or PIN-PMN-PT) single crystals grown from solid solution.
          • 1. Operating at frequencies below 10 kHz; and having any of the following:
            • a. Not designed for continuous operation at 100% duty cycle and having a radiated ‘free-field Source Level (SLRMS)’ exceeding (10 log (f)+169.77)dB (reference 1 µPa at 1 m) where f is the frequency in Hertz of maximum Transmitting Voltage Response (TVR) below 10 kHz; or
            • b. Designed for continuous operation at 100% duty cycle and having a continuously radiated 'free-field Source Level (SLRMS)' at 100% duty cycle exceeding (10 log (f)+159.77)dB (reference 1 µPa at 1 m) where f is the frequency in Hertz of maximum Transmitting Voltage Response (TVR) below 10 kHz; or

          • Technical Note:
            The ‘free-field Source Level (SLRMS)’ is defined along the maximum response axis and in the far field of the acoustic projector. It can be obtained from the Transmitting Voltage Response using the following equation: SLRMS = (TVR + 20log VRMS) dB (ref 1µPa at 1 m), where SLRMS is the source level, TVR is the Transmitting Voltage Response and VRMS is the Driving Voltage of the Projector.

          • 2. Not used since 2014

            N.B.:
            See 1-6.A.1.a.1.c.1. for items previously specified in 1-6.A.1.a.1.c.2.
          • 3. Side-lobe suppression exceeding 22 dB;
        • Acoustic systems and equipment, designed to determine the position of surface vessels or underwater vehicles and having all of the following, and specially designed components therefor:
          • 1. Detection range exceeding 1,000 m; and
          • 2. Determined position error of less than 10 m rms (root mean square) when measured at a range of 1,000 m;

            Note:
            1-6.A.1.a.1.d. includes:
            • Equipment using coherent "signal processing" between two or more beacons and the hydrophone unit carried by the surface vessel or underwater vehicle;
            • Equipment capable of automatically correcting speed-of-sound propagation errors for calculation of a point.
        • Active individual sonars, specially designed or modified to detect, locate and automatically classify swimmers or divers, having all of the following, and specially designed transmitting and receiving acoustic arrays therefor:
          • 1. Detection range exceeding 530 m;
          • 2. Determined position error of less than 15 m rms (root mean square) when measured at a range of 530 m; and
          • 3. Transmitted pulse signal bandwidth exceeding 3 kHz;

            N.B.:
            For diver detection systems specially designed or modified for military use, see the Munitions List.

            Note:
            For 1-6.A.1.a.1.e., where multiple detection ranges are specified for various environments, the greatest detection range is used.
        • Hydrophones having any of the following:

          Note:
          The status of hydrophones specially designed for other equipment is determined by the status of the other equipment.

          Technical Notes:
          1. Hydrophones consist of one or more sensing elements producing a single acoustic output channel. Those that contain multiple elements can be referred to as a hydrophone group.
          2. For the purposes of 1-6.A.1.a.2.a., underwater acoustic transducers designed to operate as passive receivers are hydrophones.
          • 1. Incorporating continuous flexible sensing elements;
          • 2. Incorporating flexible assemblies of discrete sensing elements with either a diameter or length less than 20 mm and with a separation between elements of less than 20 mm;
          • 3. Having any of the following sensing elements:
            • Optical fibres;
            • 'Piezoelectric polymer films' other than polyvinylidene-fluoride (PVDF) and its co-polymers {P(VDF-TrFE) and P(VDF-TFE)};
            • 'Flexible piezoelectric composites';
            • Lead-magnesium-niobate/lead-titanate (i.e., Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O3-PbTiO3, or PMN-PT) piezoelectric single crystals grown from solid solution; or
            • Lead-indium-niobate/lead-magnesium niobate/lead-titanate (i.e., Pb(In1/2Nb1/2)O3–Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O3–PbTiO3, or PIN-PMN-PT) piezoelectric single crystals grown from solid solution;
          • 4. A 'hydrophone sensitivity' better than -180 dB at any depth with no acceleration compensation;
          • 5. Designed to operate at depths exceeding 35 m with acceleration compensation; or
          • 6. Designed for operation at depths exceeding 1,000 m and having a ‘hydrophone sensitivity’ better than -230 dB below 4 kHz;

          Technical Notes:

          • 1. 'Piezoelectric polymer film' sensing elements consist of polarized polymer film that is stretched over and attached to a supporting frame or spool (mandrel).
          • 2. 'Flexible piezoelectric composite' sensing elements consist of piezoelectric ceramic particles or fibres combined with an electrically insulating, acoustically transparent rubber, polymer or epoxy compound, where the compound is an integral part of the sensing elements.
          • 3. 'Hydrophone sensitivity' is defined as twenty times the logarithm to the base 10 of the ratio of rms output voltage to a 1 V rms reference, when the hydrophone sensor, without a pre-amplifier, is placed in a plane wave acoustic field with an rms pressure of 1 μPa. For example, a hydrophone of -160 dB (reference 1 V per μPa) would yield an output voltage of 10-8 V in such a field, while one of -180 dB sensitivity would yield only 10-9 V output. Thus, -160 dB is better than -180 dB.
        • Towed acoustic hydrophone arrays having any of the following:

          Technical Note:
          Hydrophone arrays consist of a number of hydrophones providing multiple acoustic output channels.
          • 1. Hydrophone group spacing of less than 12.5 m or 'able to be modified' to have hydrophone group spacing of less than 12.5 m;
          • 2. Designed or 'able to be modified' to operate at depths exceeding 35 m;

            Technical Note:
            'Able to be modified' in 1-6.A.1.a.2.b. means having provisions to allow a change of the wiring or interconnections to alter hydrophone group spacing or operating depth limits. These provisions are: spare wiring exceeding 10% of the number of wires, hydrophone group spacing adjustment blocks or internal depth limiting devices that are adjustable or that control more than one hydrophone group.
          • 3. Heading sensors specified by 1-6.A.1.a.2.d.;
          • 4. Longitudinally reinforced array hoses;
          • 5. An assembled array of less than 40 mm in diameter;
          • 6. Not used since 2007
          • 7. Hydrophone characteristics specified by 1-6.A.1.a.2.a.; or
          • 8. Accelerometer-based hydro-acoustic sensors specified by 1-6.A.1.a.2.g.;
        • Processing equipment, specially designed for towed acoustic hydrophone arrays, having "user-accessible programmability" and time or frequency domain processing and correlation, including spectral analysis, digital filtering and beamforming using Fast Fourier or other transforms or processes;
        • Heading sensors having all of the following:
          • 1. An “accuracy” of better than 0.5°; and
          • 2. Designed to operate at depths exceeding 35 m or having an adjustable or removable depth sensing device in order to operate at depths exceeding 35 m;

            N.B.:
            For inertial heading systems, see 1-7.A.3.c.
        • Bottom or bay-cable hydrophone arrays having any of the following:
          • 1. Incorporating hydrophones specified by 1-6.A.1.a.2.a.;
          • 2. Incorporating multiplexed hydrophone group signal modules having all of the following characteristics:
            • Designed to operate at depths exceeding 35 m or having an adjustable or removable depth sensing device in order to operate at depths exceeding 35 m; and
            • Capable of being operationally interchanged with towed acoustic hydrophone array modules; or
          • 3. Incorporating accelerometer-based hydro-acoustic sensors specified by 1-6.A.1.a.2.g.;
        • Processing equipment, specially designed for bottom or bay cable systems, having "user-accessible programmability" and time or frequency domain processing and correlation, including spectral analysis, digital filtering and beamforming using Fast Fourier or other transforms or processes;
        • Accelerometer-based hydro-acoustic sensors having all of the following:
          • 1. Composed of three accelerometers arranged along three distinct axes;
          • 2. Having an overall ‘acceleration sensitivity’ better than 48 dB (reference 1,000 mV rms per 1 g);
          • 3. Designed to operate at depths greater than 35 meters; and
          • 4. Operating frequency below 20 kHz.

            Note:
            1-6.A.1.a.2.g. does not apply to particle velocity sensors or geophones.
        • Technical Notes:
        • 1. Accelerometer-based hydro-acoustic sensors are also known as vector sensors.
        • 2. 'Acceleration sensitivity' is defined as twenty times the logarithm to the base 10 of the ratio of rms output voltage to a 1 V rms reference, when the hydro-acoustic sensor, without a preamplifier, is placed in a plane wave acoustic field with an rms acceleration of 1 g (i.e., 9.81 m/s2).
        • 1. Correlation-velocity sonar log equipment having any of the following characteristics:
          • Designed to operate at distances between the carrier and the sea bed exceeding 500 m; or
          • Having speed “accuracy” better than 1% of speed;
        • 2. Doppler-velocity sonar log equipment having speed “accuracy” better than 1% of speed.

          Note 1:
          1-6.A.1.b. does not apply to depth sounders limited to any of the following:
          • Measuring the depth of water;
          • Measuring the distance of submerged or buried objects; or
          • Fish finding.

          Note 2:
          1-6.A.1.b. does not apply to equipment specially designed for installation on surface vessels.

1-6.A.2. Optical Sensors

Optical sensors or equipment and components therefor, as follows:

        • "Space-qualified" solid-state detectors having all of the following:
          • 1. A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 10 nm but not exceeding 300 nm; and
          • 2. A response of less than 0.1% relative to the peak response at a wavelength exceeding 400 nm;
        • "Space-qualified" solid-state detectors having all of the following:
          • 1. A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 900 nm but not exceeding 1,200 nm; and
          • 2. A response "time constant" of 95 ns or less;
        • "Space-qualified" solid-state detectors having a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1,200 nm but not exceeding 30,000 nm;
        • "Space-qualified" "focal plane arrays" having more than 2,048 elements per array and having a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 300 nm but not exceeding 900 nm.
        • A single metal anode; or
        • Metal anodes with a centre to centre spacing greater than 500 μm.

          Technical Note:
          'Charge multiplication' is a form of electronic image amplification and is defined as the generation of charge carriers as a result of an impact ionization gain process. 'Charge multiplication' sensors may take the form of an image intensifier tube, solid state detector or "focal plane array".

          • Image intensifier tubes having all of the following:
            • 1. A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 1,050 nm;
            • 2. Electron image amplification using any of the following:
              • A microchannel plate with a hole pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) of 12 μm or less; or
              • An electron sensing device with a non-binned pixel pitch of 500 μm or less, specially designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' other than by a microchannel plate; and
            • 3. Any of the following photocathodes:
              • Multialkali photocathodes (e.g., S-20 and S-25) having a luminous sensitivity exceeding 350 μA/lm;
              • GaAs or GaInAs photocathodes; or
              • Other “III/V compound” semiconductor photocathodes having a maximum “radiant sensitivity” exceeding 10 mA/W;
          • Image intensifier tubes having all of the following:
            • 1. A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1,050 nm but not exceeding 1,800 nm;
            • 2. Electron image amplification using any of the following:
              • A microchannel plate with a hole pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) of 12μm or less; or
              • An electron sensing device with a non-binned pixel pitch of 500 μm or less, specially designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' other than by a microchannel plate; and
            • 3. "III/V compound" semiconductor (e.g., GaAs or GaInAs) photocathodes and transferred electron photocathodes, having a maximum radiant sensitivity exceeding 15 mA/W;
          • Specially designed components as follows:
            • 1. Microchannel lates having a hole pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) of 12 μm or less;
            • 2. An electron sensing device with a non-binned pixel pitch of 500 μm or less, specially designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' other than by a microchannel plate;
            • 3. "III/V compound" semiconductor (e.g., GaAs or GaInAs) photocathodes and transferred electron photocathodes;

              Note:
              1-6.A.2.a.2.c.3. does not apply to compound semiconductor photocathodes designed to achieve a maximum "radiant sensitivity" of any of the following:
              • a. 10 mA/W or less at the peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 1,050 nm; or
              • b. 15 mA/W or less at the peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1,050 nm but not exceeding 1,800 nm.
        • Multi-element (not to exceed 16 elements) encapsulated photoconductive cells using either lead sulphide or lead selenide;
        • Pyroelectric detectors using any of the following:
          • 1. Triglycine sulphate and variants;
          • 2. Lead-lanthanum-zirconium titanate and variants;
          • 3. Lithium tantalate;
          • 4. Polyvinylidene fluoride and variants; or
          • 5. Strontium barium niobate and variants.
        • "Focal plane arrays" specially designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' and limited by design to have a maximum "radiant sensitivity" of 10 mA/W or less for wavelengths exceeding 760 nm, having all of the following:
          • 1. Incorporating a response limiting mechanism designed not to be removed or modified; and
          • 2. Any of the following:
            • The response limiting mechanism is integral to or combined with the detector element; or
            • The "focal plane array" is only operable with the response limiting mechanism in place.

              Technical Note:
              A response limiting mechanism integral to the detector element is designed not to be removed or modified without rendering the detector inoperable.
        • Thermopile arrays having less than 5,130 elements;
        • Non-"space-qualified" "focal plane arrays" having all of the following:
          • 1. Individual elements with a peak response within the wavelength range exceeding 900 nm but not exceeding 1,050 nm; and
          • 2. Any of the following:
            • A response "time constant" of less than 0.5 ns; or
            • Specially designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' and having a maximum radiant sensitivity exceeding 10 mA/W;
        • Non-"space-qualified" "focal plane arrays" having all of the following:
          • 1. Individual elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1,050 nm but not exceeding 1,200 nm; and
          • 2. Any of the following:
            • A response "time constant" of 95 ns or less; or
            • Specially designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' and having a maximum radiant sensitivity exceeding 10 mA/W;
        • Non-"space-qualified" non-linear (2-dimensional) "focal plane arrays" having individual elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1,200 nm but not exceeding 30,000 nm;

          N.B.:
          Silicon and other material based 'microbolometer' non-"space-qualified" "focal plane arrays" are only specified by 1-6.A.2.a.3.f.
        • Non-"space-qualified" linear (1-dimensional) "focal plane arrays" having all of the following :
          • 1. Individual elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1,200 nm but not exceeding 3,000 nm; and
          • 2. Any of the following:
            • A ratio of 'scan direction' dimension of the detector element to the 'cross-scan direction' dimension of the detector element of less than 3.8; or
            • Signal processing in the detector elements;

            Note:
            1-6.A.2.a.3.d. does not apply to "focal plane arrays" (not to exceed 32 elements) having detector elements limited solely to germanium material.

            Technical Note:
            For the purposes of 1-6.A.2.a.3.d., 'cross-scan direction' is defined as the axis parallel to the linear array of detector elements and the 'scan direction' is defined as the axis perpendicular to the linear array of detector elements.

        • Non-"space-qualified" linear (1-dimensional) "focal plane arrays" having individual elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 3,000 nm but not exceeding 30,000 nm;
        • Non-"space-qualified" non-linear (2-dimensional) infrared "focal plane arrays" based on 'microbolometer' material having individual elements with an unfiltered response in the wavelength range equal to or exceeding 8,000 nm but not exceeding 14,000 nm;

          Technical Note:
          For the purposes of 1-6.A.2.a.3.f., 'microbolometer' is defined as a thermal imaging detector that, as a result of a temperature change in the detector caused by the absorption of infrared radiation, is used to generate any usable signal.
        • Non-"space-qualified" "focal plane arrays" having all of the following:
          • 1. Individual detector elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 900 nm;
          • 2. Specially designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' and having a maximum "radiant sensitivity" exceeding 10 mA/W for wavelengths exceeding 760 nm; and
          • 3. Greater than 32 elements;
        • 1. An Instantaneous-Field-Of-View (IFOV) of less than 200 μrad (microradians); or
        • 2. Specified for operation in the wavelength range exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 30,000 nm and having all the following;
          • Providing output imaging data in digital format; and
          • Having any of the following characteristics:
            • 1. "Space-qualified"; or
            • 2. Designed for airborne operation, using other than silicon detectors, and having an IFOV of less than 2.5 mrad (milliradians);

          Note:
          1-6.A.2.b.1. does not apply to “monospectral imaging sensors” with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 300 nm but not exceeding 900 nm and only incorporating any of the following non-“space-qualified” detectors or non-“space-qualified” “focal plane arrays”:

          • Charge Coupled Devices (CCD) not designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication'; or
          • Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS) devices not designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication'.
        • 1. Image intensifier tubes having the characteristics listed in 1-6.A.2.a.2.a. or 1-6.A.2.a.2.b.;
        • 2. "Focal plane arrays" having the characteristics listed in 1-6.A.2.a.3.; or
        • 3. Solid state detectors specified by 1-6.A.2.a.1.;
        • Industrial or civilian intrusion alarm, traffic or industrial movement control or counting systems;
        • Medical equipment;
        • Industrial equipment used for inspection, sorting or analysis of the properties of materials;
        • Flame detectors for industrial furnaces;
        • Equipment specially designed for laboratory use.
        • 1. "Space-qualified" cryocoolers;
        • 2. Non-"space-qualified" cryocoolers having a cooling source temperature below 218 K (-55° C), as follows:
          • Closed cycle type with a specified Mean-Time-To-Failure (MTTF) or Mean-Time-Between-Failures (MTBF), exceeding 2,500 hours;
          • Joule-Thomson (JT) self-regulating minicoolers having bore (outside) diameters of less than 8 mm;
        • 3. Optical sensing fibres specially fabricated either compositionally or structurally, or modified by coating, to be acoustically, thermally, inertially, electromagnetically or nuclear radiation sensitive;

          Note:
          1-6.A.2.d.3. does not apply to encapsulated optical sensing fibres specially designed for bore hole sensing applications.

        • Note:
          1-6.A.2.f. does not apply to ‘read-out integrated circuits’ specially designed for civil automotive applications.

          Technical Note:
          A ‘Read-Out Integrated Circuit’ (‘ROIC’) is an integrated circuit designed to underlie or be bonded to a “focal plane array” (“FPA”) and used to read-out (i.e., extract and register) signals produced by the detector elements. At a minimum the ‘ROIC’ reads the charge from the detector elements by extracting the charge and applying a multiplexing function in a manner that retains the relative spatial position and orientation information of the detector elements for processing inside or outside the ‘ROIC’.

1-6.A.3. CAMERAS

Cameras, systems or equipment, and components therefor, as follows:

        • 1. Not used since 2017
        • 2. Not used since 2017
        • 3. Electronic streak cameras having temporal resolution better than 50 ns;
        • 4. Electronic framing cameras having a speed exceeding 1,000,000 frames/s;
        • 5. Electronic cameras having all of the following:
          • An electronic shutter speed (gating capability) of less than 1 μs per full frame; and
          • A read out time allowing a framing rate of more than 125 full frames per second;
        • 6. Plug-ins having all of the following characteristics:
          • Specially designed for instrumentation cameras which have modular structures and which are specified by 1-6.A.3.a.; and
          • Enabling these cameras to meet the characteristics specified by 1-6.A.3.a.3., 1-6.A.3.a.4. or 1-6.A.3.a.5., according to the manufacturer's specifications;
        • Having any of the following:
          • 1. More than 4 x 106 "active pixels" per solid state array for monochrome (black and white) cameras;
          • 2. More than 4 x 106 "active pixels" per solid state array for colour cameras incorporating three solid state arrays; or
          • 3. More than 12 x 106 "active pixels" for solid state array colour cameras incorporating one solid state array; and
        • Having any of the following:
          • 1. Optical mirrors specified by 1-6.A.4.a.;
          • 2. Optical control equipment specified by 1-6.A.4.d.; or
          • 3. The capability for annotating internally generated 'camera tracking data';

          Technical Notes:

          1. For the purpose of this entry, digital video cameras should be evaluated by the maximum number of "active pixels" used for capturing moving images.
          2. For the purpose of this entry, 'camera tracking data' is the information necessary to define camera line of sight orientation with respect to the earth. This includes: 1) the horizontal angle the camera line of sight makes with respect to the earth's magnetic field direction and; 2) the vertical angle between the camera line of sight and the earth's horizon.
        • A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 10 nm, but not exceeding 30,000 nm;
        • Linear detector arrays with more than 8,192 elements per array; and
        • Mechanical scanning in one direction;

          Note:
          1-6.A.3.b.2. does not apply to scanning cameras and scanning camera systems, specially designed for any of the following:
          • Industrial or civilian photocopiers;
          • Image scanners specially designed for civil, stationary, close proximity scanning applications (e.g., reproduction of images or print contained in documents, artwork or photographs);or
          • Medical equipment.
        • Incorporating "focal plane arrays" specified by 1-6.A.2.a.3.a. to 1-6.A.2.a.3.e.;
        • Incorporating "focal plane arrays" specified by 1-6.A.2.a.3.f.; or
        • Incorporating "focal plane arrays" specified by 1-6.A.2.a.3.g.;
        • Industrial or civilian intrusion alarm, traffic or industrial movement control or counting systems;
        • Industrial equipment used for inspection or monitoring of heat flows in buildings, equipment or industrial processes;
        • Industrial equipment used for inspection, sorting or analysis of the properties of materials;
        • Equipment specially designed for laboratory use; or
        • Medical equipment.
        • A maximum frame rate equal to or less than 9 Hz;
        • Having all of the following:
          • 1. Having a minimum horizontal or vertical 'Instantaneous-Field-of-View (IFOV)' of at least 2 mrad (milliradians);
          • 2. Incorporating a fixed focal-length lens that is not designed to be removed;
          • 3. Not incorporating a 'direct view' display; and

            Technical Note:
            'Direct view' refers to an imaging camera operating in the infrared spectrum that presents a visual image to a human observer using a near-to-eye micro display incorporating any light-security mechanism.
          • 4. Having any of the following:
            • No facility to obtain a viewable image of the detected field-of-view; or
            • The camera is designed for a single kind of application and designed not to be user modified; or

          Technical Note:
          'Instantaneous Field of View (IFOV)' specified in Note 3.b. is the lesser figure of the 'Horizontal IFOV' or the 'Vertical IFOV'.
          'Horizontal IFOV' = horizontal Field of View (FOV)/number of horizontal detector elements
          'Vertical IFOV'= vertical Field of View (FOV)/number of vertical detector elements.

        • The camera is specially designed for installation into a civilian passenger land vehicle and having all of the following:
          • 1. The placement and configuration of the camera within the vehicle are solely to assist the driver in the safe operation of the vehicle;
          • 2. Is only operable when installed in any of the following:
            • The civilian passenger land vehicle for which it was intended; and the vehicle weighs less than 4,500 kg (gross vehicle weight); or
            • A specially designed, authorized maintenance test facility; and
          • 3. Incorporates an active mechanism that forces the camera not to function when it is removed from the vehicle for which it was intended.

            Note:

            When necessary, details of the item will be provided, upon request, to the appropriate authority in the exporter's country in order to ascertain compliance with the conditions described in Note 3.b.4. and Note 3.c. above.
        • Having all of the following:
          • 1. Where the camera is specially designed for installation as an integrated component into indoor and wall-plug-operated systems or equipment, limited by design for a single kind of application, as follows:
            • Industrial process monitoring, quality control, or analysis of the properties of materials;
            • Laboratory equipment specially designed for scientific research;
            • Medical equipment;
            • Financial fraud detection equipment; and
          • 2. Is only operable when installed in any of the following:
            • The system(s) or equipment for which it was intended; or
            • A specially designed, authorised maintenance facility; and
          • 3. Incorporates an active mechanism that forces the camera not to function when it is removed from the system(s) or equipment for which it was intended;
        • Where the camera is specially designed for installation into a civilian passenger land vehicle or passenger and vehicle ferries, and having all of the following:
          • 1. The placement and configuration of the camera within the vehicle or ferry is solely to assist the driver or operator in the safe operation of the vehicle or ferry;
          • 2. Is only operable when installed in any of the following:
            • The civilian passenger land vehicle for which it was intended and the vehicle weighs less than 4,500 kg (gross vehicle weight);
            • The passenger and vehicle ferry for which it was intended and having a length overall (LOA) 65 m or greater; or
            • A specially designed, authorised maintenance test facility; and
          • 3. Incorporates an active mechanism that forces the camera not to function when it is removed from the vehicle for which it was intended;
        • Limited by design to have a maximum radiant sensitivity of 10 mA/W or less for wavelengths exceeding 760 nm, having all of the following:
          • 1. Incorporating a response limiting mechanism designed not to be removed or modified;
          • 2. Incorporates an active mechanism that forces the camera not to function when the response limiting mechanism is removed; and
          • 3. Not specially designed or modified for underwater use; or
        • Having all of the following:
          • 1. Not incorporating a 'direct view' or electronic image display;
          • 2. Has no facility to output a viewable image of the detected field of view;
          • 3. The "focal plane array" is only operable when installed in the camera for which it was intended; and
          • 4. The "focal plane array" incorporates an active mechanism that forces it to be permanently inoperable when removed from the camera for which it was intended.

          Note:
          When necessary, details of the item will be provided, upon request, to the appropriate authority in the exporter's country in order to ascertain compliance with the conditions described in Note 4 above.

1-6.A.4. Optics

Optical equipment and components, as follows:

        • 1. Exceeding 100 cm3 in volume; or
        • 2. Exceeding 80 mm in diameter or length of major axis and 20 mm in thickness (depth);
        • 1. Components lightweighted to less than 20% "equivalent density" compared with a solid blank of the same aperture and thickness;
        • 2. Raw substrates, processed substrates having surface coatings (single-layer or multi-layer, metallic or dielectric, conducting, semiconducting or insulating) or having protective films;
        • 3. Segments or assemblies of mirrors designed to be assembled in space into an optical system with a collecting aperture equivalent to or larger than a single optic 1 m in diameter;
        • 4. Components manufactured from “composite” materials having a coefficient of linear thermal expansion, in any coordinate direction, equal to or less than 5 x 10-6/K;
        • 1. Equipment specially designed to maintain the surface figure or orientation of the "space-qualified" components specified by 1-6.A.4.c.1. or 1-6.A.4.c.3.;
        • 2. Steering, tracking, stabilisation and resonator alignment equipment as follows:
          • Beam steering mirror stages designed to carry mirrors having diameter or major axis length greater than 50 mm and having all of the following, and specially designed electronic control equipment therefor:
            • 1. A maximum angular travel of ±26 mrad or more;
            • 2. A mechanical resonant frequency of 500 Hz or more; and
            • 3. An angular “accuracy” of 10 μrad (microradians) or less (better);
          • Resonator alignment equipment having bandwidths equal to or more than 100 Hz and an “accuracy” of 10 μrad or less (better);
        • 3. Gimbals having all of the following:
          • A maximum slew exceeding 5°;
          • A bandwidth of 100 Hz or more;
          • Angular pointing errors of 200 μrad or less; and
          • Having any of the following:
            • 1. Exceeding 0.15 m but not exceeding 1 m in diameter or major axis length and capable of angular accelerations exceeding 2 rad (radians)/s2; or
            • 2. Exceeding 1 m in diameter or major axis length and capable of angular accelerations exceeding 0.5 rad (radians)/s2;
        • 4. Not used since 2014
        • 1. Largest dimension of the optical-aperture greater than 400 mm;
        • 2. Surface roughness less than 1 nm (rms) for sampling lengths equal to or greater than 1 mm; and
        • 3. Coefficient of linear thermal expansion's absolute magnitude less than 3x10-6/K at 25° C;
        • Technical Notes:
        • 1. An 'aspheric optical element' is any element used in an optical system whose imaging surface or surfaces are designed to depart from the shape of an ideal sphere.
        • 2. Manufacturers are not required to measure the surface roughness listed in 1-6.A.4.e.2. unless the optical element was designed or manufactured with the intent to meet, or exceed, the specified parameter.

          Note:
          1-6.A.4.e. does not apply to 'aspheric optical elements' having any of the following:
          • Largest optical-aperture dimension less than 1 m and focal length to aperture ratio equal to or greater than 4.5:1;
          • Largest optical-aperture dimension equal to or greater than 1 m and focal length to aperture ratio equal to or greater than 7:1;
          • Designed as Fresnel, flyeye, stripe, prism or diffractive optical elements;
          • Fabricated from borosilicate glass having a coefficient of linear thermal expansion greater than 2.5 x 10-6 /K at 25 ° C; or
          • An x-ray optical element having inner mirror capabilities (e.g., tube-type mirrors).

          N.B.:
          For 'aspheric optical elements' specially designed for lithography equipment, see 1-3.B.1.
        • 1. ‘Frame rates’ equal to or more than 1 kHz; and
        • 2. A wavefront accuracy equal to or less (better) than λ/20 at the designed wavelength.

          Technical Note:
          For the purposes of 1-6.A.4.f., ‘frame rate’ is a frequency at which all “active pixels” in the “focal plane array” are integrated for recording images projected by the wavefront sensor optics.

1-6.A.5. Lasers

"Lasers", components and optical equipment, as follows:

Note 1:
Pulsed "lasers" include those that run in a continuous wave (CW) mode with pulses superimposed.

Note 2:
Excimer, semiconductor, chemical, CO, CO2, and 'non-repetitive pulsed' Nd:glass "lasers" are only specified by 1-6.A.5.d.

Technical Note:
‘Non-repetitive pulsed’ refers to “lasers” that produce either a single output pulse or that have a time interval between pulses exceeding one minute.

Note 3:
1-6.A.5. includes fibre "lasers".

Note 4:
The status of "lasers" incorporating frequency conversion (i.e., wavelength change) by means other than one "laser" pumping another "laser" is determined by applying the specified parameters for both the output of the source "laser" and the frequency-converted optical output.

Note 5:
1-6.A.5. does not apply to "lasers" as follows:

Note 6:
For the purposes of 1-6.A.5.a. and 1-6.A.5.b., ‘single transverse mode’ refers to “lasers” with a beam profile having an M2-factor of less than 1.3, while ‘multiple transverse mode’ refers to “lasers” with a beam profile having an M2-factor of 1.3 or higher.

        • 1. Output wavelength less than 150 nm and output power exceeding 1 W;
        • 2. Output wavelength of 150 nm or more but not exceeding 510 nm and output power exceeding 30 W;

          Note:
          1-6.A.5.a.2. does not apply to Argon "lasers" having an output power equal to or less than 50 W.
        • 3. Output wavelength exceeding 510 nm but not exceeding 540 nm and any of the following:
          • ‘Single transverse mode’ output and output power exceeding 50 W; or
          • ‘Multiple transverse mode’ output and output power exceeding 150 W;
        • 4. Output wavelength exceeding 540 nm but not exceeding 800 nm and output power exceeding 30 W;
        • 5. Output wavelength exceeding 800 nm but not exceeding 975 nm and any of the following:
          • ‘Single transverse mode’ output and output power exceeding 50 W; or
          • ‘Multiple transverse mode’ output and output power exceeding 80 W;
        • 6. Output wavelength exceeding 975 nm but not exceeding 1,150 nm and any of the following:
          • ‘Single transverse mode’ output and any of the following:
            • 1. Output power exceeding 1,000 W; or
            • 2. Having all of the following:
              • Output power exceeding 500 W; and
              • Spectral bandwidth less than 40 GHz; or
          • ‘Multiple transverse mode’ output and any of the following:
            • 1. 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 18% and output power exceeding 1,000 W; or
            • 2. Output power exceeding 2 kW;

            Note 1:

            1-6.A.5.a.6.b. does not apply to ‘multiple transverse mode’, industrial “lasers” with output power exceeding 2 kW and not exceeding 6 kW with a total mass greater than 1,200 kg. For the purpose of this note, total mass includes all components required to operate the “laser”, e.g., “laser”, power supply, heat exchanger, but excludes external optics for beam conditioning or delivery.

            Note 2:
            1-6.A.5.a.6.b. does not apply to 'multiple transverse mode', industrial “lasers” having any of the following:

            • Not used since 2018
            • Output power exceeding 1 kW but not exceeding 1.6 kW and having a BPP exceeding 1.25 mm•mrad;
            • Output power exceeding 1.6 kW but not exceeding 2.5 kW and having a BPP exceeding 1.7 mm•mrad;
            • Output power exceeding 2.5 kW but not exceeding 3.3 kW and having a BPP exceeding 2.5 mm•mrad;
            • Output power exceeding 3.3 kW but not exceeding 6 kW and having a BPP exceeding 3.5 mm•mrad;
            • Not used since 2018
            • Not used since 2018
            • Output power exceeding 6 kW but not exceeding 8 kW and having a BPP exceeding 12 mm•mrad; or
            • Output power exceeding 8 kW but not exceeding 10 kW and having a BPP exceeding 24 mm•mrad;

          Technical Note:
          'Wall-plug efficiency' is defined as the ratio of "laser" output power (or "average output power") to total electrical input power required to operate the "laser", including the power supply/conditioning and thermal conditioning/heat exchanger.

        • 7. Output wavelength exceeding 1,150 nm but not exceeding 1,555 nm and any of the following:
          • 'Single transverse mode' and output power exceeding 50 W; or
          • 'Multiple transverse mode' and output power exceeding 80 W;
        • 8. Output wavelength exceeding 1,555 nm but not exceeding 1,850 nm, and output power exceeding 1 W;
        • 9. Output wavelength exceeding 1,850 nm but not exceeding 2,100 nm, and any of the following:
          • ‘Single transverse mode’ and output power exceeding 1 W; or
          • ‘Multiple transverse mode’ output and output power exceeding 120 W; or
        • 10. Output wavelength exceeding 2,100 nm and output power exceeding 1 W;
        • 1. Output wavelength less than 150 nm and any of the following:
          • Output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 1 W; or
          • "Average output power" exceeding 1 W;
        • 2. Output wavelength of 150 nm or more but not exceeding 510 nm and any of the following:
          • Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 30 W; or
          • "Average output power" exceeding 30 W;

            Note:
            1-6.A.5.b.2.b. does not apply to Argon "lasers" having an "average output power" equal to or less than 50 W.
        • 3. Output wavelength exceeding 510 nm but not exceeding 540 nm and any of the following:
          • ‘Single transverse mode’ output and any of the following:
            • 1. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 50 W; or
            • 2. "Average output power" exceeding 50 W; or
          • ‘Multiple transverse mode’ output and any of the following:
            • 1. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 150 W; or
            • 2. "Average output power" exceeding 150 W;
        • 4. Output wavelength exceeding 540 nm but not exceeding 800 nm and any of the following:
          • "Pulse duration" less than 1 ps and any of the following:
            • 1. Output energy exceeding 0.005 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 5 GW; or
            • 2. "Average output power" exceeding 20 W; or
          • "Pulse duration" equal to or exceeding 1 ps and any of the following:
            • 1. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 30 W; or
            • 2. "Average output power" exceeding 30 W;
        • 5. Output wavelength exceeding 800 nm but not exceeding 975 nm and any of the following:
          • "Pulse duration" less than 1 ps and any of the following:
            • 1. Output energy exceeding 0.005 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 5 GW; or
            • 2. ‘Single transverse mode’ output and “average output power” exceeding 20 W;
          • "Pulse duration" equal to or exceeding 1 ps and not exceeding 1 μs and any of the following: ng:
            • 1. Output energy exceeding 0.5 J per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 50 W;
            • 2. ‘Single transverse mode’ output and “average output power” exceeding 20 W; or
            • 3. Multiple transverse mode output and “average output power” exceeding 50 W; or
          • "Pulse duration" exceeding 1 µs and any of the following:
            • 1. Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 50 W;
            • 2. ’Single transverse mode’ output and “average output power” exceeding 50 W; or
            • 3. ’Multiple transverse mode’ output and “average output power” exceeding 80 W;
        • 6. Output wavelength exceeding 975 nm but not exceeding 1,150 nm and any of the following:
          • "Pulse duration" of less than 1 ps, and any of the following:
            • 1. Output "peak power" exceeding 2 GW per pulse;
            • 2. "Average output power" exceeding 30 W; or
            • 3. Output energy exceeding 0.002 J per pulse;
          • "Pulse duration" equal to or exceeding 1 ps and less than 1 ns, and any of the following:
            • 1. Output “peak power” exceeding 5 GW per pulse;
            • 2. Average output power” exceeding 50 W; or
            • 3. Output energy exceeding 0.1 J per pulse;
          • "Pulse duration" equal to or exceeding 1 ns but not exceeding 1 μs and any of the following:
            • 1. ‘Single transverse mode’ output and any of the following:
              • "Peak power" exceeding 100 MW;
              • "Average output power" exceeding 20 W limited by design to a maximum pulse repetition frequency less than or equal to 1 kHz;
              • 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 12%, "average output power" exceeding 100 W and capable of operating at a pulse repetition frequency greater than 1 kHz;
              • "Average output power" exceeding 150 W and capable of operating at a pulse repetition frequency greater than 1 kHz; or
              • Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse; or
            • 2. ‘Multiple transverse mode’ output and any of the following:
              • "Peak power" exceeding 400 MW;
              • 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 18% and "average output power" exceeding 500 W;
              • "Average output power" exceeding 2 kW; or
              • Output energy exceeding 4 J per pulse; or
          • "Pulse duration" exceeding 1 μs and any of the following:
            • 1. ‘Single transverse mode’ output and any of the following:
              • "Peak power" exceeding 500 kW;
              • 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 12% and "average output power" exceeding 100 W; or
              • "Average output power" exceeding 150 W; or
            • 2. ‘Multiple transverse mode’ output and any of the following:
              • "Peak power" exceeding 1 MW;
              • 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 18% and "average output power" exceeding 500 W; or
              • "Average output power" exceeding 2 kW;
        • 7. Output wavelength exceeding 1,150 nm but not exceeding 1,555 nm, and any of the following:
          • "Pulse duration" not exceeding 1 μs and any of the following:
            • 1. Output energy exceeding 0.5 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 50 W;
            • 2. ‘Single transverse mode’ output and "average output power" exceeding 20 W; or
            • 3. ‘Multiple transverse mode’ output and "average output power" exceeding 50 W; or
          • "Pulse duration" exceeding 1 μs and any of the following:
            • 1. Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 50 W;
            • 2. ‘Single transverse mode’ output and "average output power" exceeding 50 W; or
            • 3. ‘Multiple transverse mode’ output and "average output power" exceeding 80 W;
        • 8. Output wavelength exceeding 1,555 nm but not exceeding 1,850 nm, and any of the following:
          • Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 1 W; or
          • "Average output power" exceeding 1 W;
        • 9. Output wavelength exceeding 1,850 nm but not exceeding 2,100 nm, and any of the following:
          • ‘Single transverse mode’ and any of the following:
            • 1. Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 1 W; or
            • 2. “Average output power” exceeding 1 W; or
          • ‘Multiple transverse mode’ and any of the following:
            • 1. Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 10 kW; or
            • 2. “Average output power” exceeding 120 W; or
        • 10. Output wavelength exceeding 2,100 nm and any of the following:
          • Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and “peak power” exceeding 1 W; or
          • “Average output power” exceeding 1 W;
        • 1. Output wavelength less than 600 nm and any of the following:
          • Output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 1 W; or
          • Average or CW output power exceeding 1 W;

            Note:
            1-6.A.5.c.1. does not apply to dye “lasers” or other liquid “lasers”, having a multimode output and a wavelength of 150 nm or more but not exceeding 600 nm and all of the following:
            • 1. Output energy less than 1.5 J per pulse or a “peak power“ less than 20 W; and
            • 2. Average or CW output power less than 20 W.
        • 2. Output wavelength of 600 nm or more but not exceeding 1,400 nm, and any of the following:
          • Output energy exceeding 1 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 20 W; or
          • Average or CW output power exceeding 20 W; or
        • 3. Output wavelength exceeding 1,400 nm and any of the following:
          • Output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 1 W; or
          • Average or CW output power exceeding 1 W;
        • 1. Semiconductor "lasers" as follows:

          Note 1:
          1-6.A.5.d.1. includes semiconductor "lasers" having optical output connectors (e.g. fibre optic pigtails).

          Note 2:
          The status of semiconductor "lasers" specially designed for other equipment is determined by the status of the other equipment.
          • Individual single-transverse mode semiconductor "lasers" having any of the following:
            • 1. Wavelength equal to or less than 1,510 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding 1.5 W; or
            • 2. Wavelength greater than 1,510 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding 500 mW;
          • Individual, multiple-transverse mode semiconductor "lasers" having any of the following:
            • 1. Wavelength of less than 1,400 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding 25 W;
            • 2. Wavelength equal to or greater than 1,400 nm and less than 1,900 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding 2.5 W; or
            • 3. Wavelength equal to or greater than 1,900 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding 1 W;
          • Individual semiconductor "laser" 'bars' having any of the following:
            • 1. Wavelength of less than 1,400 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding 100 W;
            • 2. Wavelength equal to or greater than 1,400 nm and less than 1,900 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding 25 W; or
            • 3. Wavelength equal to or greater than 1,900 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding 10 W;
          • Semiconductor "laser" 'stacked arrays' (two-dimensional arrays) having any of the following:
            • 1. Wavelength less than 1,400 nm and having any of the following:
              • Average or CW total output power less than 3 kW and having average or CW output 'power density' greater than 500 W/cm2;
              • Average or CW total output power equal to or exceeding 3 kW but less than or equal to 5 kW, and having average or CW output 'power density' greater than 350W/cm2;
              • Average or CW total output power exceeding 5 kW;
              • Peak pulsed 'power density' exceeding 2,500 W/cm2; or

                Note:
                1-6.A.5.d.1.d.1.d. does not apply to epitaxially-fabricated monolithic devices.

              • Spatially coherent average or CW total output power, greater than 150 W;
            • 2. Wavelength greater than or equal to 1,400 nm but less than 1,900 nm, and having any of the following:
              • Average or CW total output power less than 250 W and average or CW output 'power density' greater than 150 W/cm2;
              • Average or CW total output power equal to or exceeding 250 W but less than or equal to 500 W, and having average or CW output 'power density' greater than 50 W/cm2;
              • Average or CW total output power exceeding 500 W;
              • Peak pulsed 'power density' exceeding 500 W/cm2; or

                Note:
                1-6.A.5.d.1.d.2.d. does not apply to epitaxially-fabricated monolithic devices.

              • Spatially coherent average or CW total output power, exceeding 15 W;
            • 3. Wavelength greater than or equal to 1,900 nm and having any of the following:
              • Average or CW output 'power density' greater than 50 W/cm2;
              • Average or CW output power greater than 10 W; or
              • Spatially coherent average or CW total output power, exceeding 1.5 W; or
            • 4. At least one "laser" 'bar' specified by 1-6.A.5.d.1.c.;

            Technical Note:
            For the purposes of 1-6.A.5.d.1.d., 'power density' means the total "laser" output power divided by the emitter surface area of the 'stacked array'.

          • Semiconductor "laser" 'stacked arrays', other than those specified by 1-6.A.5.d.1.d., having all of the following:
            • 1. Specially designed or modified to be combined with other 'stacked arrays' to form a larger 'stacked array'; and
            • 2. Integrated connections, common for both electronics and cooling;

            Note 1:
            'Stacked arrays', formed by combining semiconductor "laser" 'stacked arrays' specified by 1-6.A.5.d.1.e., that are not designed to be further combined or modified are specified by 1-6.A.5.d.1.d.

            Note 2:
            'Stacked arrays', formed by combining semiconductor "laser" 'stacked arrays' specified by 1-6.A.5.d.1.e., that are designed to be further combined or modified are specified by 1-6.A.5.d.1.e.

            Note 3:
            1-6.A.5.d.1.e. does not apply to modular assemblies of single 'bars' designed to be fabricated into end-to-end stacked linear arrays.

          Technical Notes:

          • 1. Semiconductor "lasers" are commonly called "laser" diodes.
          • 2. A 'bar' (also called a semiconductor "laser" 'bar', a "laser" diode 'bar' or diode 'bar') consists of multiple semiconductor "lasers" in a one-dimensional array.
          • 3. A 'stacked array' consists of multiple 'bars' forming a two-dimensional array of semiconductor "lasers".
        • 2. Carbon monoxide (CO) "lasers" having any of the following:
          • Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 5 kW; or
          • Average or CW output power exceeding 5 kW;
        • 3. Carbon dioxide (CO2) "lasers" having any of the following:
          • CW output power exceeding 15 kW;
          • Pulsed output with a "pulse duration" exceeding 10 μs and any of the following:
            • 1. "Average output power" exceeding 10 kW; or
            • 2. "Peak power" exceeding 100 kW; or
          • Pulsed output with a "pulse duration" equal to or less than 10 μs and any of the following:
            • 1. Pulse energy exceeding 5 J per pulse; or
            • 2. "Average output power" exceeding 2.5 kW;
        • 4. Excimer "lasers" having any of the following:
          • Output wavelength not exceeding 150 nm and any of the following:
            • 1. Output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulse; or
            • 2. "Average output power" exceeding 1 W;
          • Output wavelength exceeding 150 nm but not exceeding 190 nm and any of the following:
            • 1. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse; or
            • 2. "Average output power" exceeding 120 W;
          • Output wavelength exceeding 190 nm but not exceeding 360 nm and any of the following:
            • 1. Output energy exceeding 10 J per pulse; or
            • 2. "Average output power" exceeding 500 W; or
          • Output wavelength exceeding 360 nm and any of the following:
            • 1. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse; or
            • 2. "Average output power" exceeding 30 W;

          N.B.:
          For excimer "lasers" specially designed for lithography equipment, see 1-3.B.1.

        • 5. "Chemical lasers" as follows:
          • Hydrogen Fluoride (HF) "lasers";
          • Deuterium Fluoride (DF) "lasers";
          • ‘Transfer lasers’ as follows:
            • 1. Oxygen Iodine (O2-I) "lasers";
            • 2. Deuterium Fluoride-Carbon dioxide (DF-CO2)"lasers";

            Technical Note:
            ‘Transfer lasers’ are “lasers” in which the lasing species are excited through the transfer of energy by collision of a non-lasing atom or molecule with a lasing atom or molecule species.

        • 6. 'Non-repetitive pulsed' Nd: glass "lasers" having any of the following:
          • "Pulse duration" not exceeding 1 μs and output energy exceeding 50 J per pulse; or
          • "Pulse duration" exceeding 1 μs and output energy exceeding 100 J per pulse;
        • 1. Mirrors cooled either by 'active cooling' or by heat pipe cooling;

          Technical Notes:
          'Active cooling' is a cooling technique for optical components using flowing fluids within the subsurface (nominally less than 1 mm below the optical surface) of the optical component to remove heat from the optic.
        • 2. Optical mirrors or transmissive or partially transmissive optical or electro-optical components, other than fused tapered fibre combiners and Multi-Layer Dielectric gratings (MLDs), specially designed for use with specified “lasers”;

          Note:
          Fibre combiners and MLDs are specified by 1-6.A.5.e.3.

        • 3. Fibre “laser” components as follows:
          • a. Multimode to multimode fused tapered fibre combiners having all of the following:
            • 1. An insertion loss better (less) than or equal to 0.3 dB maintained at a rated total average or CW output power (excluding output power transmitted through the single mode core if present) exceeding 1,000 W; and
            • 2. Number of input fibres equal to or greater than 3;
          • b. Single mode to multimode fused tapered fibre combiners having all of the following:
            • 1. An insertion loss better (less) than 0.5 dB maintained at a rated total average or CW output power exceeding 4,600 W;
            • 2. Number of input fibres equal to or greater than 3; and
            • 3. Having any of the following:
              • a. A Beam Parameter Product (BPP) measured at the output not exceeding 1.5 mm mrad for a number of input fibres less than or equal to 5; or
              • b. A BPP measured at the output not exceeding 2.5 mm mrad for a number of input fibres greater than 5;
          • c. MLDs having all of the following:
            • 1. Designed for spectral or coherent beam combination of 5 or more fibre “lasers ”; and
            • 2. CW “Laser” Induced Damage Threshold (LIDT) greater than or equal to 10 kW/cm2.
        • 1. Not used since 2017

          N.B.:
          For items previously specified by 1-6.A.5.f.1., see 1-6.A.4.f.

        • 2. “Laser” diagnostic equipment specially designed for dynamic measurement of “SHPL” system angular beam steering errors and having an angular “accuracy” of 10 µrad (microradians) or less (better);
        • 3. Optical equipment and components, specially designed for coherent beam combination in a phased array “SHPL” system and having any of the following:
          • An “accuracy” of 0.1µm or less, for wavelengths greater than 1 µm; or
          • An “accuracy” of λ/10 or less (better) at the designed wavelength, for wavelengths equal to or less than 1 µm;
        • 4. Projection telescopes specially designed for use with "SHPL" systems.
        • 1. CW “laser” output power equal to or exceeding 20 mW;
        • 2. “Laser” frequency stability equal to or better (less) than 10 MHz;
        • 3. “Laser” wavelengths equal to or exceeding 1,000 nm but not exceeding 2,000 nm;
        • 4. Optical system resolution better (less) than 1 nm; and
        • 5. Optical Signal to Noise ratio equal to or exceeding 103.

          Technical Note:
          'Laser acoustic detection equipment' is sometimes referred to as a “Laser” Microphone or Particle Flow Detection Microphone.

1-6.A.6. Magnetic and Electric Field Sensors

"Magnetometers", "magnetic gradiometers", "intrinsic magnetic gradiometers", underwater electric field sensors, "compensation systems", and specially designed components therefor, as follows:

Note:
1-6.A.6. does not apply to instruments specially designed for fishery applications or biomagnetic measurements for medical diagnostics.

        • 1. "Magnetometers" using "superconductive" (SQUID) "technology" and having any of the following:
          • SQUID systems designed for stationary operation, without specially designed subsystems designed to reduce in-motion noise, and having a 'sensitivity' equal to or lower (better) than 50 fT (rms) per square root Hz at a frequency of 1 Hz; or
          • SQUID systems having an in-motion-magnetometer 'sensitivity' lower (better) than 20 pT (rms) per square root Hz at a frequency of 1 Hz and specially designed to reduce in-motion noise;
        • 2. "Magnetometers" using optically pumped or nuclear precession (proton/Overhauser) "technology" having a 'sensitivity' lower (better) than 20 pT (rms) per square root Hz at a frequency of 1 Hz;
        • 3. "Magnetometers" using fluxgate "technology" having a 'sensitivity' equal to or lower (better) than 10 pT (rms) per square root Hz at a frequency of 1 Hz;
        • 4. Induction coil "magnetometers" having a 'sensitivity' lower (better) than any of the following:
          • 0.05 nT (rms)/square root Hz at frequencies of less than 1 Hz;
          • 1 x 10-3 nT (rms)/square root Hz at frequencies of 1 Hz or more but not exceeding 10 Hz; or
          • 1 x 10-4 nT (rms)/square root Hz at frequencies exceeding 10 Hz;
        • 5. Fibre optic "magnetometers" having a 'sensitivity' lower (better) than 1 nT (rms) per square root Hz;
        • 1. "Magnetic gradiometers" using multiple "magnetometers" specified by 1-6.A.6.a.;
        • 2. Fibre optic "intrinsic magnetic gradiometers" having a magnetic gradient field 'sensitivity' lower (better) than 0.3 nT/m (rms) per square root Hz;
        • 3. "Intrinsic magnetic gradiometers", using "technology" other than fibre-optic "technology", having a magnetic gradient field 'sensitivity' lower (better) than 0.015 nT/m (rms) per square root Hz;

1-6.A.7. Gravimeters

Gravity meters (gravimeters) and gravity gradiometers, as follows:

        • Gravity meters designed or modified for ground use and having a static “accuracy” of less (better) than 10 μGal;

          Note:
          1-6.A.7.a. does not apply to ground gravity meters of the quartz element (Worden) type.
        • Gravity meters designed for mobile platforms and having all of the following:
          • 1. A static “accuracy” of less (better) than 0.7 mGal; and
          • 2. An in-service (operational) “accuracy” of less (better) than 0.7 mGal having a ‘time-to-steady-state registration’ of less than 2 minutes under any combination of attendant corrective compensations and motional influences;

          Technical Note:
          For the purposes of 1-6.A.7.b., ‘time-to-steady-state registration’ (also referred to as the gravimeter’s response time) is the time over which the disturbing effects of platform induced accelerations (high frequency noise) are reduced.

        • Gravity gradiometers.

1-6.A.8. Radar

Radar systems, equipment and assemblies, having any of the following, and specially designed components therefor:

Note:
1-6.A.8. does not apply to:

- Secondary Surveillance Radar (SSR);
- Civil Automotive Radar;
- Displays or monitors used for Air Traffic Control (ATC);
- Meteorological (weather) Radar;
- Precision Approach Radar (PAR) equipment conforming to ICAO standards and employing electronically steerable linear (1-dimensional) arrays or mechanically positioned passive antennae.

        • Operating at frequencies from 40 GHz to 230 GHz and having any of the following:
          • 1. An average output power exceeding 100 mW; or
          • 2. Locating “accuracy” of 1 m or less (better) in range and 0.2 degree or less (better) in azimuth;
        • A tunable bandwidth exceeding ± 6.25% of the 'centre operating frequency';

          Technical Note:
          The 'centre operating frequency' equals one half of the sum of the highest plus the lowest specified operating frequencies.
        • Capable of operating simultaneously on more than two carrier frequencies;
        • Capable of operating in synthetic aperture (SAR), inverse synthetic aperture (ISAR) radar mode, or sidelooking airborne (SLAR) radar mode;
        • Incorporating electronically scanned array antennae;

          Technical Note:
          Electronically scanned array antennae are also known as electronically steerable array antennae.

        • Capable of heightfinding non-cooperative targets;
        • Specially designed for airborne (balloon or airframe mounted) operation and having Doppler "signal processing" for the detection of moving targets;
        • Employing processing of radar signals and using any of the following:
          • 1. "Radar spread spectrum" techniques; or
          • 2. "Radar frequency agility" techniques;
        • Providing ground-based operation with a maximum ‘instrumented range’ exceeding 185 km;

          Note:
          1-6.A.8.i. does not apply to:
          • Fishing ground surveillance radar;
          • Ground radar equipment specially designed for enroute air traffic control and having all of the following:
            • 1. A maximum ‘instrumented range’ of 500 km or less;
            • 2. Configured so that radar target data can be transmitted only one way from the radar site to one or more civil ATC centres;
            • 3. Contains no provisions for remote control of the radar scan rate from the enroute ATC centre; and
            • 4. Permanently installed.
          • Weather balloon tracking radars.

          Technical Note:
          For the purposes of 1-6.A.8.i., ‘instrumented range’ is the specified unambiguous display range of a radar.

        • Being "laser" radar or Light Detection and Ranging (LIDAR) equipment and having any of the following:
          • 1. "Space-qualified";
          • 2. Employing coherent heterodyne or homodyne detection techniques and having an angular resolution of less (better) than 20 μrad (microradians); or
          • 3. Designed for carrying out airborne bathymetric littoral surveys to International Hydrographic Organization (IHO) Order 1a Standard (5th Edition February 2008) for Hydrographic Surveys or better, and using one or more “lasers” with a wavelength exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 600 nm;

          Note 1:
          LIDAR equipment specially designed for surveying is only specified by 1-6.A.8.j.3.

          Note 2:
          1-6.A.8.j. does not apply to LIDAR equipment specially designed for meteorological observation.

          Note 3:
          Parameters in the IHO Order 1a Standard 5th Edition February 2008 are summarized as follows:

          Horizontal Accuracy (95% Confidence Level) = 5 m + 5% of depth.

          Depth Accuracy for Reduced Depths (95% confidence level)

          =± √(a2+(b*d)2) where:

          • a=0.5 m = constant depth error, i.e. the sum of all constant depth errors
          • b=0.013 = factor of depth dependent error
          • b*d = depth dependent error, i.e. the sum of all depth dependent errors
          • d=depth

          Feature Detection

          • =Cubic features > 2 m in depths up to 40 m;
          • 10% of depth beyond 40 m.
        • Having "signal processing" sub-systems using "pulse compression" and having any of the following:
          • 1. A "pulse compression" ratio exceeding 150; or
          • 2. A compressed pulse width of less than 200 ns; or

            Note:
            1-6.A.8.k.2. does not apply to two dimensional ‘marine radar’ or ‘vessel traffic service’ radar, having all of the following:

            • "Pulse compression" ratio not exceeding 150;
            • Compressed pulse width of greater than 30 ns;
            • Single and rotating mechanically scanned antenna;
            • Peak output power not exceeding 250 W; and
            • Not capable of "frequency hopping".
        • Having data processing sub-systems and having any of the following:
          • 1. ‘Automatic target tracking’ providing, at any antenna rotation, the predicted target position beyond the time of the next antenna beam passage; or

            Note:
            1-6.A.8.l.1. does not apply to conflict alert capability in ATC systems, or ‘marine radar’.

            Technical Note:
            ‘Automatic target tracking’ is a processing technique that automatically determines and provides as output an extrapolated value of the most probable position of the target in real time.

          • 2. Not used since 2010
          • 3. Not used since 2010
          • 4. Configured to provide superposition and correlation, or fusion, of target data within six seconds from two or more ‘geographically dispersed’ radar sensors to improve the aggregate performance beyond that of any single sensor specified by 1.6.A.8.f. or 1-6.A.8.i.

            Technical Note:
            Sensors are considered ‘geographically dispersed’ when each location is distant from any other more than 1,500 m in any direction. Mobile sensors are always considered ‘geographically dispersed’.

            N.B.:
            See also 2-5.b.

Note:
1-6.A.8.l. does not apply to systems, equipment and assemblies designed for ‘vessel traffic services’.

Technical Notes:

1. For the purposes of 1-6.A.8., ‘marine radar’ is a radar that is designed to navigate safely at sea, inland waterways or near-shore environments.
2. For the purposes of 1-6.A.8., ‘vessel traffic service’ is a vessel traffic monitoring and control service similar to air traffic control for “aircraft”.

1-6.B. Test, Inspection and Production Equipment

1-6.B.1. Acoustics

Masks and reticles, specially designed for optical sensors specified by 1-6.A.2.a.1.b. or 1-6.A.2.a.1.d.

1-6.B.2. Optical Sensor

Masks and reticles, specially designed for optical sensors specified by 1-6.A.2.a.1.b. or 1-6.A.2.a.1.d.

1-6.B.3. Cameras

None

1-6.B.4. Optics

Optical equipment as follows:

        • Equipment for measuring absolute reflectance to an “accuracy” of equal to or better than 0.1% of the reflectance value;
        • Equipment other than optical surface scattering measurement equipment, having an unobscured aperture of more than 10 cm, specially designed for the non-contact optical measurement of a non-planar optical surface figure (profile) to an "accuracy" of 2 nm or less (better) against the required profile.

Note:
1-6.B.4. does not apply to microscopes.

1-6.B.5. Lasers

None

1-6.B.6. Magnetic and Electric Field Sensors

None

1-6.B.7. Gravimeters

Equipment to produce, align and calibrate land-based gravity meters with a static “accuracy” of better than 0.1 mGal.

1-6.B.8. Radar

Pulse radar cross-section measurement systems having transmit pulse widths of 100 ns or less, and specially designed components therefor.

1-6.C. Materials

1-6.C.1. Acoustics

None

1-6.C.2. Optical Sensors

Optical sensor materials as follows:

        • Elemental tellurium (Te) of purity levels of 99.9995% or more;
        • Single crystals (including epitaxial wafers) of any of the following:
          • 1. Cadmium zinc telluride (CdZnTe) with zinc content of less than 6% by 'mole fraction';
          • 2. Cadmium telluride (CdTe) of any purity level; or
          • 3. Mercury cadmium telluride (HgCdTe) of any purity level.

            Technical Note:
            'Mole fraction' is defined as the ratio of moles of ZnTe to the sum of the moles of CdTe and ZnTe present in the crystal.

1-6.C.3. Cameras

None

1-6.C.4. Optics

Optical materials as follows:

        • Zinc selenide (ZnSe) and zinc sulphide (ZnS) "substrate blanks", produced by the chemical vapour deposition process and having any of the following:
          • 1. A volume greater than 100 cm3; or
          • 2. A diameter greater than 80 mm and a thickness of 20 mm or more;
        • Electro-optic materials and non-linear optical materials, as follows:
          • 1. Potassium titanyl arsenate (KTA) (CAS 59400-80-5);
          • 2. Silver gallium selenide (AgGaSe2, also known as AGSE) (CAS 12002-67-4);
          • 3. Thallium arsenic selenide (Tl3AsSe3,also known as TAS) (CAS 16142-89-5);
          • 4. Zinc germanium phosphide (ZnGeP2, also known as ZGP, zinc germanium biphosphide or zinc germanium diphosphide); or
          • 5. Gallium selenide (GaSe) (CAS 12024-11-2);
        • Non-linear optical materials, other than those specified by 1-6.C.4.b., having any of the following:
          • 1. Having all of the following:
            • Dynamic (also known as non-stationary) third order non-linear susceptibility (χ(3)), chi 3) of 10-6 m2/V2 or more; and
            • Response time of less than 1 ms; or
          • 2. Second order non-linear susceptibility (χ(2), chi 2) of 3.3 x 10-11 m/V or more;
        • "Substrate blanks" of silicon carbide or beryllium beryllium (Be/Be) deposited materials, exceeding 300 mm in diameter or major axis length;
        • Glass, including fused silica, phosphate glass, fluorophosphate glass, zirconium fluoride (ZrF4) (CAS 7783-64-4) and hafnium fluoride (HfF4) (CAS 13709-52-9) and having all of the following:
          • 1. A hydroxyl ion (OH-) concentration of less than 5 ppm;
          • 2. Integrated metallic purity levels of less than 1 ppm; and
          • 3. High homogeneity (index of refraction variance) less than 5 x 10-6;
        • Synthetically produced diamond material with an absorption of less than 10-5 cm-1 for wavelengths exceeding 200 nm but not exceeding 14,000 nm.

1-6.C.5. Lasers

“Laser” materials as follows:

        • a. Synthetic crystalline "laser" host material in unfinished form as follows:
          1. Titanium doped sapphire.
          2. Not used since 2012
        • b. Rare-earth-metal doped double-clad fibres having any of the following:
          • 1. Nominal “laser” wavelength of 975 nm to 1,150 nm and having all of the following:
            • a. Average core diameter equal to or greater than 25 µm; and
            • b. Core ‘Numerical Aperture’ (‘NA’) less than 0.065; or
              Note:
              1-6.C.5.b.1. does not apply to double-clad fibres having an inner glass cladding diameter exceeding 150 µm and not exceeding 300 µm.
          • 2. Nominal “laser” wavelength exceeding 1,530 nm and having all of the following:
            • a. Average core diameter equal to or greater than 20 µm; and
            • b. Core ‘NA’ less than 0.1.

            Technical Notes:
            1. For the purposes of 1-6.C.5., the core ‘Numerical Aperture’ (‘NA’) is measured at the emission wavelengths of the fibre.
            2. 1-6.C.5.b. includes fibres assembled with end caps.

1-6.C.6. Magnetic and Electric Field Sensors

None

1-6.C.7. Gravimeters

None

1-6.C.8. Radar

None

1-6.D. Software

1-6.D.1. "Software" specially designed for the "development" or "production" of equipment specified by 1-6.A.4., 1-6.A.5., 1-6.A.8. or 1-6.B.8.

1-6.D.2. "Software" specially designed for the "use" of equipment specified by 1-6.A.2.b., 1-6.A.8. or 1-6.B.8.

1-6.D.3. Other "software" as follows:

        • Acoustics

          "Software" as follows:
          • 1. "Software" specially designed for acoustic beam forming for the "real time processing" of acoustic data for passive reception using towed hydrophone arrays;
          • 2. "Source code" for the "real time processing" of acoustic data for passive reception using towed hydrophone arrays;
          • 3. "Software" specially designed for acoustic beam forming for the "real time processing" of acoustic data for passive reception using bottom or bay cable systems;
          • 4. "Source code" for the "real time processing" of acoustic data for passive reception using bottom or bay cable systems;
          • 5. "Software" or "source code", specially designed for all of the following:
            • "Real time processing" of acoustic data from sonar systems specified by 1-6.A.1.a.1.e.; and
            • Automatically detecting, classifying and determining the location of divers or swimmers;

              N.B.:
              For diver detection "software" or "source code", specially designed or modified for military use, see the Munitions List.
        • Optical Sensors

          None

        • Cameras

          "Software" designed or modified for cameras incorporating "focal plane arrays" specified by 1-6.A.2.a.3.f. and designed or modified to remove a frame rate restriction and allow the camera to exceed the frame rate specified in 1-6.A.3.b.4. Note 3.a.

        • Optics

          Software” specially designed to maintain the alignment and phasing of segmented mirror systems consisting of mirror segments having a diameter or major axis length equal to or larger than 1 m;

        • Lasers

          None

        • Magnetic and Electric Field Sensors

          "Software" as follows:
          • 1. "Software" specially designed for magnetic and electric field "compensation systems" for magnetic sensors designed to operate on mobile platforms;
          • 2. "Software" specially designed for magnetic and electric field anomaly detection on mobile platforms;
          • 3. "Software" specially designed for "real time processing" of electromagnetic data using underwater electromagnetic receivers specified by 1-6.A.6.e.;
          • 4. "Source code" for "real time processing" of electromagnetic data using underwater electromagnetic receivers specified by 1‑6.A.6.e.;

        • Gravimeters

          "Software" specially designed to correct motional influences of gravity meters or gravity gradiometers;

        • Radar

          "Software" as follows:
          • 1. Air Traffic Control (ATC) "software" designed to be hosted on general purpose computers located at Air Traffic Control centres and capable of accepting radar target data from more than four primary radars;
          • 2. "Software" for the design or "production" of radomes having all of the following:
            • Specially designed to protect the electronically scanned array antennae specified by 1-6.A.8.e.; and
            • Resulting in an antenna pattern having an 'average side lobe level' more than 40 dB below the peak of the main beam level.

              Technical Note:
              'Average side lobe level' in 1-6.D.3.h.2.b. is measured over the entire array excluding the angular extent of the main beam and the first two side lobes on either side of the main beam.

1-6.E. Technology

1-6.E.1. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" of equipment, materials or "software" specified by 1-6.A., 1-6.B., 1-6.C. or 1-6.D.

1-6.E.2. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "production" of equipment or materials specified by 1-6.A., 1-6.B. or 1-6.C.

1-6.E.3. Other "technology" as follows:

        • Acoustics

          None

        • Optical Sensors

          None

        • Cameras

          None

        • Optics

          "Technology" as follows:
          • 1. “Technology” “required” for the coating and treatment of optical surfaces to achieve an 'optical thickness' uniformity of 99.5% or better for optical coatings 500 mm or more in diameter or major axis length and with a total loss (absorption and scatter) of less than 5 x 10-3;

            N.B.:
            See also 1-2.E.3.f.

            Technical Note:
            'Optical thickness' is the mathematical product of the index of refraction and the physical thickness of the coating.
          • 2. “Technology” for the fabrication of optics using single point diamond turning techniques to produce surface finish “accuracies” of better than 10 nm rms on non-planar surfaces exceeding 0.5 m2;

        • Lasers

          "Technology" "required" for the "development", "production" or "use" of specially designed diagnostic instruments or targets in test facilities for "SHPL" testing or testing or evaluation of materials irradiated by "SHPL" beams;

        • Magnetic and Electric Field Sensors

          Not used since 2004

        • Gravimeters

          None

        • Radar

          None

Category 7: Navigation and Avionics

1-7.A. Systems, Equipment and Components

N.B.:
For automatic pilots for underwater vehicles, see Category 8.
For radar, see Category 6.

1-7.A.1. Accelerometers as follows and specially designed components therefor:

N.B.:
For angular or rotational accelerometers, see 1-7.A.1.b.

        • Linear accelerometers having any of the following:
          • 1. Specified to function at linear acceleration levels less than or equal to 15 g and having any of the following:
            • A "bias" "stability" of less (better) than 130 micro g with respect to a fixed calibration value over a period of one year; or
            • A "scale factor" "stability" of less (better) than 130 ppm with respect to a fixed calibration value over a period of one year;
          • 2. Specified to function at linear acceleration levels exceeding 15 g but less than or equal to 100 g and having all of the following:
            • A "bias" "repeatability" of less (better) than 1,250 micro g over a period of one year; and
            • A "scale factor" "repeatability" of less (better) than 1,250 ppm over a period of one year; or
          • 3. Designed for use in inertial navigation or guidance systems and specified to function at linear acceleration levels exceeding 100 g;
            Note:
            1-7 A.1.a.1. and 1-7.A.1.a.2. do not apply to accelerometers limited to measurement of only vibration or shock.
        • Angular or rotational accelerometers, specified to function at linear acceleration levels exceeding 100 g.

1-7.A.2. Gyros or angular rate sensors, having any of the following and specially designed components therefor:

N.B.:
For angular or rotational accelerometers, see 1-7.A.1.b.

        • Specified to function at linear acceleration levels less than or equal to 100 g and having any of the following:
          • 1. An angular rate range of less than 500 degrees per second and having any of the following:
            • A "bias" "stability" of less (better) than 0.5 degree per hour, when measured in a 1 g environment over a period of one month, and with respect to a fixed calibration value; or
            • An "angle random walk" of less (better) than or equal to 0.0035 degree per square root hour; or

              Note:
              1-7.A.2.a.1.b does not apply to “spinning mass gyros”.
          • 2. An angular rate range greater than or equal to 500 degrees per second and having any of the following:
            • A “bias” “stability” of less (better) than 4 degrees per hour, when measured in a 1 g environment over a period of three minutes, and with respect to a fixed calibration value; or
            • An "angle random walk" of less (better) than or equal to 0.1 degree per square root hour; or

              Note:
              1-7.A.2.a.2.b. does not apply to 'spinning mass gyros'.
        • Specified to function at linear acceleration levels exceeding 100 g.

1-7.A.3. ‘Inertial measurement equipment or systems’, having any of the following:

Note 1:
'Inertial measurement equipment or systems' incorporate accelerometers or gyroscopes to measure changes in velocity and orientation in order to determine or maintain heading or position without requiring an external reference once aligned. 'Inertial measurement equipment or systems' include:

Note 2:
1-7.A.3. does not apply to ‘inertial measurement equipment or systems’ which are certified for use on "civil aircraft" by civil aviation authorities of one or more Wassenaar Arrangement Participating States.

Technical Note:

        • Designed for “aircraft”, land vehicles or vessels, providing position without the use of ‘positional aiding references’, and having any of the following “accuracies” subsequent to normal alignment:
          • 1. 0.8 nautical miles per hour (nm/hr) “Circular Error Probable” (“CEP”) rate or less (better);
          • 2. 0.5% distanced travelled “CEP” or less (better); or
          • 3. Total drift of 1 nautical mile “CEP” or less (better) in a 24 hr period;

          Technical Note:
          The performance parameters in 1-7.A.3.a.1., 1-7.A.3.a.2. and 1-7.A.3.a.3. typically apply to ‘inertial measurement equipment or systems’ designed for "aircraft", vehicles and vessels, respectively. These parameters result from the utilisation of specialised non-positional aiding references (e.g., altimeter, odometer, velocity log). As a consequence, the specified performance values cannot be readily converted between these parameters. Equipment designed for multiple platforms are evaluated against each applicable entry 1-7.A.3.a.1., 1-7.A.3.a.2., or 1-7.A.3.a.3.

        • Designed for “aircraft”, land vehicles or vessels, with an embedded ‘positional aiding reference’ and providing position after loss of all ‘positional aiding references’ for a period of up to 4 minutes, having an “accuracy” of less (better) than 10 meters “CEP”;

          Technical Note:
          1-7.A.3.b. refers to systems in which ‘inertial measurement equipment or systems’ and other independent ‘positional aiding references’ are built into a single unit (i.e., embedded) in order to achieve improved performance.

        • Designed for “aircraft”, land vehicles or vessels, providing heading or True North determination and having any of the following:
          • 1. A maximum operating angular rate less (lower) than 500 deg/s and a heading “accuracy” without the use of ‘positional aiding references’ equal to or less (better) than 0.07 deg sec(Lat) (equivalent to 6 arc minutes rms at 45 degrees latitude); or
          • 2. A maximum operating angular rate equal to or greater (higher) than 500 deg/s and a heading “accuracy” without the use of ‘positional aiding references’ equal to or less (better) than 0.2 deg sec(Lat) (equivalent to 17 arc minutes rms at 45 degrees latitude);
        • Providing acceleration measurements or angular rate measurements, in more than one dimension, and having any of the following:
          • 1. Performance specified by 1-7.A.1. or 1-7.A.2. along any axis, without the use of any aiding references; or
          • 2. Being "space-qualified" and providing angular rate measurements having an "angle random walk" along any axis of less (better) than or equal to 0.1 degree per square root hour.

            Note:
            1-7.A.3.d.2. does not apply to ‘inertial measurement equipment or systems’ that contain "spinning mass gyros" as the only type of gyro.

1-7.A.4. ‘Star trackers’ and components therefor, as follows:

        • ‘Star trackers’ with a specified azimuth “accuracy” of equal to or less (better) than 20 seconds of arc throughout the specified lifetime of the equipment;
        • Components specially designed for equipment specified in 1-7.A.4.a. as follows:
          • 1. Optical heads or baffles;
          • 2. Data processing units.

Technical Note:
‘Star trackers’ are also referred to as stellar attitude sensors or gyro-astro compasses.

1-7.A.5. “Satellite navigation system” receiving equipment having any of the following and specially designed components therefor:

N.B.:
For equipment specially designed for military use, see 2-11.

        • Employing a decryption algorithm specially designed or modified for government use to access the ranging code for position and time; or
        • Employing 'adaptive antenna systems'.

          Note:
          1-7.A.5.b. does not apply to “satellite navigation system” receiving equipment that only uses components designed to filter, switch, or combine signals from multiple omni-directional antennae that do not implement adaptive antenna techniques.

          Technical Note:
          For the purposes of 1-7.A.5.b. 'adaptive antenna systems' dynamically generate one or more spatial nulls in an antenna array pattern by signal processing in the time domain or frequency domain.

1-7.A.6. Airborne altimeters operating at frequencies other than 4.2 to 4.4 GHz inclusive and having any of the following:

        • ‘Power management’; or
        • Using phase shift key modulation.

Technical Note:
‘Power management’ is changing the transmitted power of the altimeter signal so that received power at the “aircraft” altitude is always at the minimum necessary to determine the altitude.

1-7.A.7. Not used since 2004

1-7.A.8. Underwater sonar navigation systems using doppler velocity or correlation velocity logs integrated with a heading source and having a positioning “accuracy” of equal to or less (better) than 3% of distance travelled “Circular Error Probable” (“CEP”) and specially designed components therefor.

Note:
1-7.A.8. does not apply to systems specially designed for installation on surface vessels or systems requiring acoustic beacons or buoys to provide positioning data.

N.B.:
See 1-6.A.1.a. for acoustic systems, and 1-6.A.1.b. for correlation-velocity and Doppler-velocity sonar log equipment.
See 1-8.A.2. for other marine systems.

1-7.B. Test, Inspection and Production Equipment

1-7.B.1. Test, calibration or alignment equipment, specially designed for equipment specified by 1-7.A.

Note:
1-7.B.1. does not apply to test, calibration or alignment equipment for 'Maintenance Level I' or 'Maintenance Level II'.

Technical Notes:

1. 'Maintenance Level I'

The failure of an inertial navigation unit is detected on the “aircraft” by indications from the Control and Display Unit (CDU) or by the status message from the corresponding sub-system. By following the manufacturer's manual, the cause of the failure may be localised at the level of the malfunctioning Line Replaceable Unit (LRU). The operator then removes the LRU and replaces it with a spare

2. 'Maintenance Level II'

The defective LRU is sent to the maintenance workshop (the manufacturer's or that of the operator responsible for level II maintenance). At the maintenance workshop, the malfunctioning LRU is tested by various appropriate means to verify and localise the defective Shop Replaceable Assembly (SRA) module responsible for the failure. This SRA is removed and replaced by an operative spare. The defective SRA (or possibly the complete LRU) is then shipped to the manufacturer. 'Maintenance Level II' does not include the disassembly or repair of specified accelerometers or gyro sensors.

1-7.B.2. Equipment specially designed to characterize mirrors for ring "laser" gyros, as follows:

        • Scatterometers having a measurement “accuracy” of 10 ppm or less (better);
        • Profilometers having a measurement “accuracy” of 0.5 nm (5 angstrom) or less (better).

1-7.B.3. Equipment specially designed for the "production" of equipment specified by 1-7.A.

Note:
1-7.B.3. includes:

1-7.C. Materials

None

1-7.D. Software

1-7.D.1. "Software" specially designed or modified for the "development" or "production" of equipment specified by 1-7.A. or 1-7.B.

1-7.D.2. "Source code" for the operation or maintenance of any inertial navigation equipment, including inertial equipment not specified by 1-7.A.3. or 1-7.A.4., or Attitude and Heading Reference Systems ('AHRS').

Note:

1-7.D.2. does not apply to "source code" for the operation or maintenance of gimballed 'AHRS'.

Technical Note:
'AHRS' generally differ from Inertial Navigation Systems (INS) in that an 'AHRS' provides attitude and heading information and normally does not provide the acceleration, velocity and position information associated with an INS.

1-7.D.3. Other "software" as follows:

        • "Software" specially designed or modified to improve the operational performance or reduce the navigational error of systems to the levels specified by 1-7.A.3., 1-7.A.4. or 1-7.A.8.;
        • "Source code" for hybrid integrated systems which improves the operational performance or reduces the navigational error of systems to the level specified by 1-7.A.3. or 1-7.A.8. by continuously combining heading data with any of the following:
          • 1. Doppler radar or sonar velocity data;
          • 2. “Satellite navigation system” reference data; or
          • 3. Data from "Data-Based Referenced Navigation" ("DBRN") systems;
        • Not used since 2013
        • Not used since 2012

          N.B.:
          For flight control “source code”, see 1-7.D.4.
        • Computer-Aided-Design (CAD) "software" specially designed for the "development" of "active flight control systems", helicopter multi-axis fly-by-wire or fly-by-light controllers or helicopter "circulation-controlled anti-torque or circulation-controlled direction control systems", whose "technology" is specified by 1-7.E.4.b.1., 1-7.E.4.b.3. to 1-7.E.4.b.5., 1-7.E.4.b.7., 1-7.E.4.b.8., 1-7.E.4.c.1. or 1-7.E.4.c.2.

1-7.D.4. “Source code” incorporating “development” “technology” specified by 1-7.E.4.a.2., 1-7.E.4.a.3., 1-7.E.4.a.5., 1-7.E.4.a.6. or 1-7.E.4.b., for any of the following:

        • Digital flight management systems for "total control of flight";
        • Integrated propulsion and flight control systems;
        • "Fly-by-wire systems" or "fly-by-light systems";
        • Fault-tolerant or self-reconfiguring "active flight control systems";
        • Not used since 2012
        • Air data systems based on surface static data; or
        • Three dimensional displays;

          Note:
          1-7.D.4. does not apply to "source code" associated with common computer elements and utilities (e.g., input signal acquisition, output signal transmission, computer program and data loading, built-in test, task scheduling mechanisms) not providing a specific flight control system function.

1-7.D.5. “Software” specially designed to decrypt “satellite navigation system” ranging code designed for government use.

1-7.E. Technology

1-7.E.1. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" of equipment or “software”, specified by 1-7.A., 1-7.B., 1-7.D.1., 1-7.D.2., 1-7.D.3. or 1-7.D.5.

Note:
1-7.E.1. includes key management “technology” exclusively for equipment specified in 1-7.A.5.a.

1-7.E.2. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "production" of equipment specified by 1-7.A. or 1-7.B.

1-7.E.3. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the repair, refurbishing or overhaul of equipment specified by 1-7.A.1. to 1-7.A.4.

Note:
1-7.E.3. does not apply to "technology" for maintenance, directly associated with calibration, removal or replacement of damaged or unserviceable LRUs and SRAs of a "civil aircraft" as described in 'Maintenance Level I' or 'Maintenance Level II'.

N.B.:
See Technical Notes to 1-7.B.1.

1-7.E.4. Other "technology" as follows:

        • "Technology" for the "development" or "production" of any of the following:
          • 1. Not used since 2011
          • 2. Air data systems based on surface static data only, i.e., which dispense with conventional air data probes;
          • 3. Three dimensional displays for "aircraft";
          • 4. Not used since 2010
          • 5. Electric actuators (i.e., electromechanical, electrohydrostatic and integrated actuator package) specially designed for ‘primary flight control’;

            Technical Note:
            ‘Primary flight control’ is “aircraft” stability or manoeuvring control using force/moment generators, i.e. aerodynamic control surfaces or propulsive thrust vectoring.

          • 6.‘Flight control optical sensor array’ specially designed for implementing "active flight control systems"; or

            Technical Note:
            A ‘flight control optical sensor array’ is a network of distributed optical sensors, using “laser” beams, to provide real-time flight control data for on-board processing.

          • 7. “DBRN” systems designed to navigate underwater, using sonar or gravity databases, that provide a positioning “accuracy” equal to or less (better) than 0.4 nautical miles;
        • "Development" "technology", as follows, for "active flight control systems" (including fly-by-wire systems or "fly-by-light systems"):
          • 1. Photonic-based “technology” for sensing “aircraft” or flight control component state, transferring flight control data, or commanding actuator movement, “required” for “fly-by-light systems” “active flight control systems”;
          • 2. Not used since 2012
          • 3. Real-time algorithms to analyse component sensor information to predict and preemptively mitigate impending degradation and failures of components within an “active flight control system”;

            Note:
            1-7.E.4.b.3. does not include algorithms for the purpose of off-line maintenance.

          • 4. Real-time algorithms to identify component failures and reconfigure force and moment controls to mitigate “active flight control system” degradations and failures;

            Note:
            1-7.E.4.b.4. does not include algorithms for the elimination of fault effects through comparison of redundant data sources, or off-line pre-planned responses to anticipated failures.

          • 5. Integration of digital flight control, navigation and propulsion control data, into a digital flight management system for "total control of flight";

            Note:
            1-7.E.4.b.5. does not apply to:
              • 1. "Technology" for integration of digital flight control, navigation and propulsion control data, into a digital flight management system for ‘flight path optimisation’;
              • 2. "Technology" for "aircraft" flight instrument systems integrated solely for VOR, DME, ILS or MLS navigation or approaches.

                Technical Note:
                ‘Flight path optimisation’ is a procedure that minimises deviations from a four-dimensional (space and time) desired trajectory based on maximising performance or effectiveness for mission tasks.
          • 6. Not used since 2013
          • 7. “Technology” “required” for deriving the functional requirements for “fly-by-wire systems” having all of the following:
            • a. ‘Inner-loop’ airframe stability controls requiring loop closure rates of 40 Hz or greater; and
              Technical Note
              ‘Inner-loop’ refers to functions of “active flight control systems” that automate airframe stability controls.
            • b. Having any of the following:
              • 1. Corrects an aerodynamically unstable airframe, measured at any point in the design flight envelope, that would lose recoverable control if not corrected within 0.5 seconds;
              • 2. Couples controls in two or more axes while compensating for ‘abnormal changes in aircraft state’;
                Technical Note
                ‘Abnormal changes in aircraft state’ include in-flight structural damage, loss of engine thrust, disabled control surface, or destabilizing shifts in cargo load.
              • 3. Performs the functions specified in 1-7.E.4.b.5.; or
                Note:
                1-7.E.4.b.7.b.3. does not apply to autopilots.
              • 4. Enables “aircraft” to have stable controlled flight, other than during take-off or landing, at greater than 18 degrees angle of attack, 15 degrees side slip, 15 degrees/second pitch or yaw rate, or 90 degrees/second roll rate;
          • 8. “Technology” “required” for deriving the functional requirements for “fly-by-wire systems” to achieve all of the following:
            • a. No loss of control of the “aircraft” in the event of a consecutive sequence of any two individual faults within the “fly-by-wire system”; and
            • b. Probability of loss of control of the “aircraft” being less (better) than 1x10-9 failures per flight hour;

              Note:
              1-7.E.4.b. does not apply to "technology" associated with common computer elements and utilities (e.g., input signal acquisition, output signal transmission, computer program and data loading, built-in test, task scheduling mechanisms) not providing a specific flight control system function.
        • "Technology" for the "development" of helicopter systems, as follows:
          • 1. Multi-axis fly-by-wire or fly-by-light controllers, which combine the functions of at least two of the following into one controlling element:
            • Collective controls;
            • Cyclic controls;
            • Yaw controls;
          • 2. "Circulation-controlled anti-torque or circulation-controlled direction control systems";
          • 3. Rotor blades incorporating ‘variable geometry aerofoils’, for use in systems using individual blade control.

            Technical Note:
            ‘Variable geometry aerofoils’ use trailing edge flaps or tabs, or leading edge slats or pivoted nose droop, the position of which can be controlled in flight.

Category 8: Marine

1-8.A. Systems, Equipment and Components

1-8.A.1. Submersible vehicles and surface vessels, as follows:

N.B.:
For the status of equipment for submersible vehicles, see:

        • Manned, tethered submersible vehicles designed to operate at depths exceeding 1,000 m;
        • Manned, untethered submersible vehicles having any of the following:
          • 1. Designed to 'operate autonomously' and having a lifting capacity of all the following:
            • 10% or more of their weight in air; and
            • 15 kN or more;
          • 2. Designed to operate at depths exceeding 1,000 m; or
          • 3. Having all of the following:
            • Designed to continuously 'operate autonomously' for 10 hours or more; and
            • 'Range' of 25 nautical miles or more;

          Technical Notes:

          • 1. For the purposes of 1-8.A.1.b., 'operate autonomously' means fully submerged, without snorkel, all systems working and cruising at minimum speed at which the submersible can safely control its depth dynamically by using its depth planes only, with no need for a support vessel or support base on the surface, sea-bed or shore, and containing a propulsion system for submerged or surface use.
          • 2. For the purposes of 1-8.A.1.b., 'range' means half the maximum distance a submersible vehicle can 'operate autonomously'.
        • Unmanned submersible vehicles, as follows:
          • 1. Unmanned submersible vehicles having any of the following:
            • Designed for deciding a course relative to any geographical reference without real-time human assistance;
            • Acoustic data or command link; or
            • Optical data or command link exceeding 1,000 m;
          • 2. Unmanned submersible vehicles, not specified in 1-8.A.1.c.1., having all of the following:
            • Designed to operate with a tether;
            • Designed to operate at depths exceeding 1,000 m; and
            • Having any of the following:
              • 1. Designed for self-propelled manoeuvre using propulsion motors or thrusters specified by 1-8.A.2.a.2.; or
              • 2. Fibre optic data link;
        • Not used since 2018
        • Ocean salvage systems with a lifting capacity exceeding 5 MN for salvaging objects from depths exceeding 250 m and having any of the following:
          • 1. Dynamic positioning systems capable of position keeping within 20 m of a given point provided by the navigation system; or
          • 2. Seafloor navigation and navigation integration systems, for depths exceeding 1,000 m and with positioning “accuracies” to within 10 m of a predetermined point;
        • Not used since 2014.
        • Not used since 2014.
        • Not used since 2014
        • Not used since 2014.

1-8.A.2. Marine systems, equipment and components, as follows:

N.B.:
For underwater communications systems, see Category 5 - Part 1 - Telecommunications.

        • Systems, equipment and components, specially designed or modified for submersible vehicles and designed to operate at depths exceeding 1,000 m, as follows:
          • 1. Pressure housings or pressure hulls with a maximum inside chamber diameter exceeding 1.5 m;
          • 2. Direct current propulsion motors or thrusters;
          • 3. Umbilical cables, and connectors therefor, using optical fibre and having synthetic strength members;
          • 4. Components manufactured from material specified by 1-8.C.1.;

            Technical Note:
            The objective of 1-8.A.2.a.4. should not be defeated by the export of 'syntactic foam' specified by 1-8.C.1. when an intermediate stage of manufacture has been performed and it is not yet in its final component form.
        • Systems specially designed or modified for the automated control of the motion of submersible vehicles specified by 1-8.A.1., using navigation data, having closed loop servo-controls and having any of the following:
          • 1. Enabling a vehicle to move within 10 m of a predetermined point in the water column;
          • 2. Maintaining the position of the vehicle within 10 m of a predetermined point in the water column; or
          • 3. Maintaining the position of the vehicle within 10 m while following a cable on or under the seabed;
        • Fibre optic pressure hull penetrators;
        • Underwater vision systems having all of the following:
          • 1. Specially designed or modified for remote operation with an underwater vehicle; and
          • 2. Employing any of the following techniques to minimise the effects of back scatter;
            • Range-gated illuminators; or
            • Range-gated laser systems;
        • Not used since 2015
        • Not used since 2009
          • 1. Not used since 2009

            N.B.:
            For electronic imaging systems specially designed or modified for underwater use incorporating image intensifier tubes specified by 1-6.A.2.a.2.a. or 1-6.A.2.a.2.b., see 1-6.A.3.b.3.
          • 2. Not used since 2009

            N.B.:
            For electronic imaging systems specially designed or modified for underwater use incorporating "focal plane arrays" specified by 1-6.A.2.a.3.g., see 1-6.A.3.b.4.c.
        • Light systems specially designed or modified for underwater use, as follows:
          • 1. Stroboscopic light systems capable of a light output energy of more than 300 J per flash and a flash rate of more than 5 flashes per second;
          • 2. Argon arc light systems specially designed for use below 1,000 m;
        • "Robots" specially designed for underwater use, controlled by using a dedicated computer and having any of the following:
          • 1. Systems that control the "robot" using information from sensors which measure force or torque applied to an external object, distance to an external object, or tactile sense between the "robot" and an external object; or
          • 2. The ability to exert a force of 250 N or more or a torque of 250 Nm or more and using titanium based alloys or "composite" "fibrous or filamentary materials" in their structural members;
        • Remotely controlled articulated manipulators specially designed or modified for use with submersible vehicles and having any of the following:
          • 1. Systems which control the manipulator using information from sensors which measure any of the following:
            • Torque or force applied to an external object; or
            • Tactile sense between the manipulator and an external object; or
          • 2. Controlled by proportional master-slave techniques and having 5 degrees of ‘freedom of movement’ or more;

            Technical Note:
            Only functions having proportionally related motion control using positional feedback are counted when determining the number of degrees of ‘freedom of movement’.
        • Air independent power systems specially designed for underwater use, as follows:
          • 1. Brayton or Rankine cycle engine air independent power systems having any of the following:
            • Chemical scrubber or absorber systems, specially designed to remove carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide and particulates from recirculated engine exhaust;
            • Systems specially designed to use a monoatomic gas;
            • Devices or enclosures, specially designed for underwater noise reduction in frequencies below 10 kHz, or special mounting devices for shock mitigation; or
            • Systems having all of the following:
              • 1. Specially designed to pressurise the products of reaction or for fuel reformation;
              • 2. Specially designed to store the products of the reaction; and
              • 3. Specially designed to discharge the products of the reaction against a pressure of 100 kPa or more;
          • 2. Diesel cycle engine air independent systems having all of the following:
            • Chemical scrubber or absorber systems, specially designed to remove carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide and particulates from recirculated engine exhaust;
            • Systems specially designed to use a monoatomic gas;
            • Devices or enclosures, specially designed for underwater noise reduction in frequencies below 10 kHz, or special mounting devices for shock mitigation; and
            • Specially designed exhaust systems that do not exhaust continuously the products of combustion;
          • 3. "Fuel cell" air independent power systems with an output exceeding 2 kW and having any of the following:
            • Devices or enclosures, specially designed for underwater noise reduction in frequencies below 10 kHz, or special mounting devices for shock mitigation; or
            • Systems having all of the following:
              • 1. Specially designed to pressurise the products of reaction or for fuel reformation;
              • 2. Specially designed to store the products of the reaction; and
              • 3. Specially designed to discharge the products of the reaction against a pressure of 100 kPa or more;
          • 4. Stirling cycle engine air independent power systems having all of the following:
            • Devices or enclosures, specially designed for underwater noise reduction in frequencies below 10 kHz, or special mounting devices for shock mitigation; and
            • Specially designed exhaust systems which discharge the products of combustion against a pressure of 100 kPa or more;
        • Not used since 2014
        • Not used since 2014
        • Not used since 2014
        • Not used since 2014
        • Propellers, power transmission systems, power generation systems and noise reduction systems, as follows:
          • 1.Not used since 2014
          • 2. Water-screw propeller, power generation systems or transmission systems, designed for use on vessels, as follows:
            • Controllable-pitch propellers and hub assemblies, rated at more than 30 MW;
            • Internally liquid-cooled electric propulsion engines with a power output exceeding 2.5 MW;
            • "Superconductive" propulsion engines or permanent magnet electric propulsion engines, with a power output exceeding 0.1 MW;
            • Power transmission shaft systems incorporating "composite" material components and capable of transmitting more than 2 MW;
            • Ventilated or base-ventilated propeller systems, rated at more than 2.5 MW;
          • 3. Noise reduction systems designed for use on vessels of 1,000 tonnes displacement or more, as follows:
            • Systems that attenuate underwater noise at frequencies below 500 Hz and consist of compound acoustic mounts for the acoustic isolation of diesel engines, diesel generator sets, gas turbines, gas turbine generator sets, propulsion motors or propulsion reduction gears, specially designed for sound or vibration isolation and having an intermediate mass exceeding 30% of the equipment to be mounted;
            • 'Active noise reduction or cancellation systems' or magnetic bearings, specially designed for power transmission systems

              Technical Note:
              'Active noise reduction or cancellation systems' incorporate electronic control systems capable of actively reducing equipment vibration by the generation of anti-noise or anti-vibration signals directly to the source.
        • Pumpjet propulsion systems having all of the following:
          • 1. Power output exceeding 2.5 MW; and
          • 2. Using divergent nozzle and flow conditioning vane techniques to improve propulsive efficiency or reduce propulsion-generated underwater-radiated noise;
        • Underwater swimming and diving equipment as follows:
          • 1. Closed circuit rebreathers;
          • 2. Semi-closed circuit rebreathers;

            Note:
            1-8.A.2.q. does not apply to individual rebreathers for personal use when accompanying their users.

            N.B.:
            For equipment and devices specially designed for military use, see 2-17.a. on the Munitions List.

        • Diver deterrent acoustic systems specially designed or modified to disrupt divers and having a sound pressure level equal to or exceeding 190 dB (reference 1 µPa at 1 m) at frequencies of 200 Hz and below.

          Note 1:
          1-8.A.2.r. does not apply to diver deterrent systems based on underwater explosive devices, air guns or combustible sources.

          Note 2:
          1-8.A.2.r. includes diver deterrent acoustic systems that use spark gap sources, also known as plasma sound sources.

1-8.B. Test, Inspection and Production Equipment

1-8.B.1 Water tunnels designed to have a background noise of less than 100 dB (reference 1 µPa, 1 Hz) within the frequency range exceeding 0 Hz but not exceeding 500 Hz and designed for measuring acoustic fields generated by a hydro-flow around propulsion system models.

1-8.C. Materials

1-8.C.1. 'Syntactic foam' designed for underwater use and having all of the following:

        • Designed for marine depths exceeding 1,000 m; and
        • A density less than 561 kg/m3

          Technical Note:
          'Syntactic foam' consists of hollow spheres of plastic or glass embedded in a resin matrix.

          N.B.:
          See also 1-8.A.2.a.4.

1-8.D. Software

1-8.D.1. "Software" specially designed or modified for the "development", "production" or "use" of equipment or materials, specified by 1-8.A., 1-8.B. or 1-8.C.

1-8.D.2. Specific "software" specially designed or modified for the "development", "production", repair, overhaul or refurbishing (re-machining) of propellers specially designed for underwater noise reduction.

1-8.E. Technology

1-8.E.1. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" or "production" of equipment or materials, specified by 1-8.A., 1-8.B. or 1-8.C.

1-8.E.2. Other "technology" as follows:

        • "Technology" for the "development", "production", repair, overhaul or refurbishing (re-machining) of propellers specially designed for underwater noise reduction;
        • "Technology" for the overhaul or refurbishing of equipment specified by 1-8.A.1., 1-8.A.2.b., 1-8.A.2.j., 1-8.A.2.o. or 1-8.A.2.p.
        • "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the “development” or “production” of any of the following:
          • 1. Surface-effect vehicles (fully skirted variety) having all of the following:
            • a. Maximum design speed, fully loaded, exceeding 30 knots in a significant wave height of 1.25 m or more;
            • b. Cushion pressure exceeding 3,830 Pa; and
            • c. Light-ship-to-full-load displacement ratio of less than 0.70;
          • 2. Surface-effect vehicles (rigid sidewalls) with a maximum design speed, fully loaded, exceeding 40 knots in a significant wave height of 3.25 m or more;
          • 3. Hydrofoil vessels with active systems for automatically controlling foil systems, with a maximum design speed, fully loaded, of 40 knots or more in a significant wave height of 3.25 m or more; or
          • 4. ‘Small waterplane area vessels’ having any of the following:
            • a. Full load displacement exceeding 500 tonnes with a maximum design speed, fully loaded, exceeding 35 knots in a significant wave height of 3.25 m or more; or
            • b. Full load displacement exceeding 1,500 tonnes with a maximum design speed, fully loaded, exceeding 25 knots in a significant wave height of 4 m or more.
              Technical Note:
              A ‘small waterplane area vessel’ is defined by the following formula: waterplane area at an operational design draft less than two times (displaced volume at the operational design draft)2/3.

Category 9: Aerospace and Propulsion

1-9.A. Systems, Equipment and Components

N.B.:

For propulsion systems designed or rated against neutron or transient ionizing radiation, see the Munitions List.

1-9.A.1. Aero gas turbine engines having any of the following:

        • Incorporating any of the "technologies" specified by 1-9.E.3.a., 1-9.E.3.h. or 1-9.E.3.i.; or

          Note 1:
          1-9.A.1.a. does not apply to aero gas turbine engines which meet all of the following:
          • Certified by civil aviation authorities of one or more Wassenaar Arrangement Participating States; and
          • Intended to power non-military manned “aircraft” for which any of the following has been issued by civil aviation authorities of one or more Wassenaar Arrangement Participating States for the “aircraft” with this specific engine type:
            • 1. A civil type certificate; or
            • 2. An equivalent document recognised by the International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO).

          Note 2:
          1-9.A.1.a. does not apply to aero gas turbine engines designed for Auxiliary Power Units (APUs) approved by the civil aviation authority in a Wassenaar Arrangement Participating State.

        • Designed to power an “aircraft” designed to cruise at Mach 1 or higher, for more than 30 minutes.

1-9.A.2. ‘Marine gas turbine engines’ designed to use liquid fuel and having all of the following, and specially designed assemblies and components therefor:

          • Maximum continuous power when operating in “steady state mode” at standard reference conditions specified by ISO 3977-2:1997 (or national equivalent) of 24,245 kW or more; and
          • ‘Corrected specific fuel consumption’ not exceeding 0.219 kg/kWh at 35% of the maximum continuous power when using liquid fuel.

Note:
The term 'marine gas turbine engines' includes those industrial, or aero-derivative, gas turbine engines adapted for a ship's electric power generation or propulsion.

Technical Note:
For the purposes of 1-9.A.2., ‘corrected specific fuel consumption’ is the specific fuel consumption of the engine corrected to a marine distillate liquid fuel having a net specific energy (i.e., net heating value) of 42 MJ/kg (ISO 3977-2:1997).

1-9.A.3. Specially designed assemblies or components, incorporating any of the "technologies" specified by 1-9.E.3.a., 1-9.E.3.h. or 1-9.E.3.i., for any of the following aero gas engines:

        • Specified by 1-9.A.1.; or
        • Whose design or production origins are either not from a Wassenaar Arrangement Participating State or unknown to the manufacturer.

1-9.A.4. Space launch vehicles, “spacecraft”, “spacecraft buses”, “spacecraft payloads”, “spacecraft” on-board systems or equipment, terrestrial equipment, air-launch platforms, and “sub-orbital craft”, as follows:

        • Space launch vehicles;
        • “Spacecraft”;
        • “Spacecraft buses”;
        • “Spacecraft payloads” incorporating items specified by 1-3.A.1.b.1.a.4., 1-3.A.2.g., 1-5.A.1.a.1., 1-5.A.1.b.3., 1-5.A.2.c., 1-5.A.2.e., 1-6.A.2.a.1., 1-6.A.2.a.2., 1-6.A.2.b., 1-6.A.2.d., 1-6.A.3.b., 1-6.A.4.c., 1-6.A.4.e., 1-6.A.8.d., 1-6.A.8.e., 1-6.A.8.k., 1-6.A.8.l. or 1-9.A.10.c.;
        • On-board systems or equipment, specially designed for “spacecraft” and having any of the following functions:
          • 1. ‘Command and telemetry data handling’;
            Note:
            For the purpose of 1-9.A.4.e.1., ‘command and telemetry data handling’ includes bus data management, storage, and processing.
          • 2. ‘Payload data handling’; or
            Note:
            For the purpose of 1-9.A.4.e.2., ‘payload data handling’ includes payload data management, storage, and processing.
          • 3. ‘Attitude and orbit control’;
            Note:
            For the purpose of 1-9.A.4.e.3., ‘attitude and orbit control’ includes sensing and actuation to determine and control the position and orientation of a “spacecraft”.

            N.B.:
            For equipment specially designed for military use, see 2-11.c.
        • Terrestrial equipment specially designed for “spacecraft”, as follows:
          • 1. Telemetry and telecommand equipment specially designed for any of the following data processing functions:
            • Telemetry data processing of frame synchronisation and error corrections, for monitoring of operational status (also known as health and safe status) of the “spacecraft bus”; or
            • Command data processing for formatting command data being sent to the “spacecraft” to control the “spacecraft bus”;
          • 2.Simulators specially designed for ‘verification of operational procedures’ of “spacecraft”;

            Technical Note:
            For the purposes of 1-9.A.4.f.2., ‘verification of operational procedures’ is any of the following:

            • 1. Command sequence confirmation;
            • 2. Operational training;
            • 3. Operational rehearsals; or
            • 4. Operational analysis.
        • “Aircraft” specially designed or modified to be air-launch platforms for space launch vehicles or “sub-orbital craft”;
        • “Sub-orbital craft”.

1-9.A.5. Liquid rocket propulsion systems containing any of the systems or components, specified by 1-9.A.6.

1-9.A.6. Systems and components, specially designed for liquid rocket propulsion systems, as follows:

        • Cryogenic refrigerators, flightweight dewars, cryogenic heat pipes or cryogenic systems, specially designed for use in space vehicles and capable of restricting cryogenic fluid losses to less than 30% per year;
        • Cryogenic containers or closed-cycle refrigeration systems, capable of providing temperatures of 100 K (-173° C) or less for "aircraft" capable of sustained flight at speeds exceeding Mach 3, launch vehicles or "spacecraft";
        • Slush hydrogen storage or transfer systems;
        • High pressure (exceeding 17.5 MPa) turbo pumps, pump components or their associated gas generator or expander cycle turbine drive systems;
        • High-pressure (exceeding 10.6 MPa) thrust chambers and nozzles therefor;
        • Propellant storage systems using the principle of capillary containment or positive expulsion (i.e., with flexible bladders);
        • Liquid propellant injectors with individual orifices of 0.381 mm or smaller in diameter (an area of 1.14 x 10-3 cm2 or smaller for non-circular orifices) and specially designed for liquid rocket engines;
        • One-piece carbon-carbon thrust chambers or one-piece carbon-carbon exit cones, with densities exceeding 1.4 g/cm3 and tensile strengths exceeding 48 MPa.

1-9.A.7. Solid rocket propulsion systems having any of the following:

        • Total impulse capacity exceeding 1.1 MNs;
        • Specific impulse of 2.4 kNs/kg or more, when the nozzle flow is expanded to ambient sea level conditions for an adjusted chamber pressure of 7 MPa;
        • Stage mass fractions exceeding 88% and propellant solid loadings exceeding 86%;
        • Components specified by 1-9.A.8.; or
        • Insulation and propellant bonding systems, using direct-bonded motor designs to provide a 'strong mechanical bond' or a barrier to chemical migration between the solid propellant and case insulation material.

          Technical Note:
          A 'strong mechanical bond' means bond strength equal to or more than propellant strength.

1-9.A.8. Components specially designed for solid rocket propulsion systems, as follows:

        • Insulation and propellant bonding systems, using liners to provide a 'strong mechanical bond' or a barrier to chemical migration between the solid propellant and case insulation material;
        • Filament-wound "composite" motor cases exceeding 0.61 m in diameter or having 'structural efficiency ratios (PV/W)' exceeding 25 km;

          Technical Note:
          'Structural efficiency ratio (PV/W)' is the burst pressure (P) multiplied by the vessel volume (V) divided by the total pressure vessel weight (W).
        • Nozzles with thrust levels exceeding 45 kN or nozzle throat erosion rates of less than 0.075 mm/s;
        • Movable nozzle or secondary fluid injection thrust vector control systems, capable of any of the following:
          • 1. Omni-axial movement exceeding ± 5°;
          • 2. Angular vector rotations of 20°/s or more; or
          • 3. Angular vector accelerations of 40°/s2 or more.

1-9.A.9. Hybrid rocket propulsion systems having any of the following:

        • Total impulse capacity exceeding 1.1 MNs; or
        • Thrust levels exceeding 220 kN in vacuum exit conditions.

1-9.A.10. Specially designed components, systems and structures, for launch vehicles, launch vehicle propulsion systems or "spacecraft", as follows:

        • Components and structures, each exceeding 10 kg and specially designed for launch vehicles manufactured using any of the following:
          • 1. “Composite” materials consisting of “fibrous or filamentary materials” specified by 1-1.C.10.e. and resins specified by 1-1.C.8. or 1-1.C.9.b.;
          • 2. Metal “matrix” “composites” reinforced by any of the following:
            • a. Materials specified by 1-1.C.7.;
            • b. “Fibrous or filamentary materials” specified by 1-1.C.10.; or
            • c. Aluminides specified by 1-1.C.2.a.; or
          • 3. Ceramic “matrix” “composite” materials specified by 1-1.C.7.;
            Note:
            The weight cut-off is not relevant for nose cones.
        • Components and structures, specially designed for launch vehicle propulsion systems specified by 1-9.A.5. to 1-9.A.9. manufactured using any of the following:
          • 1. “Fibrous or filamentary materials” specified by 1-1.C.10.e. and resins specified by 1-1.C.8. or 1-1.C.9.b.;
          • 2. Metal “matrix” “composite” materials reinforced by any of the following:
            • a. Materials specified by 1-1.C.7.;
            • b. “Fibrous or filamentary materials” specified by 1-1.C.10.; or
            • c. Aluminides specified by 1-1.C.2.a.; or
          • 3. Ceramic “matrix” “composite” materials specified by 1-1.C.7.;
        • Structural components and isolation systems, specially designed to control actively the dynamic response or distortion of "spacecraft" structures;
        • Pulsed liquid rocket engines with thrust-to-weight ratios equal to or more than 1 kN/kg and a ‘response time’ of less than 30 ms.

          Technical Note:
          For the purposes of 1-9.A.10.d., ‘response time’ is the time required to achieve 90% of total rated thrust from start-up.

1-9.A.11. Ramjet, scramjet or ‘combined cycle engines’, and specially designed components therefor.

Technical Note:
For the purposes of 1-9.A.11., ‘combined cycle engines’ combine two or more of the following types of engines:
- Gas turbine engine (turbojet, turboprop and turbofan);
- Ramjet or scramjet;
- Rocket motor or engine (liquid/gel/solid-propellant and hybrid).

1-9.A.12. "Unmanned Aerial Vehicles" ("UAVs"), unmanned “airships”, related equipment and components, as follows:

N.B.:
For “UAVs” that are “sub-orbital craft” see 1-9.A.4.h.

        • “UAVs” or unmanned “airships”, designed to have controlled flight out of the direct ‘natural vision’ of the ‘operator’ and having any of the following:
          • 1. Having all of the following:
            • a. A maximum ‘endurance’ greater than or equal to 30 minutes but less than 1 hour; and
            • b. Designed to take-off and have stable controlled flight in wind gusts equal to or exceeding 46.3 km/h (25 knots); or
          • 2. A maximum ‘endurance’ of 1 hour or greater;
            Technical Notes:
            1. For the purposes of 1-9.A.12.a., ‘operator’ is a person who initiates or commands the “UAV” or unmanned “airship” flight.
            2. For the purposes of 1-9.A.12.a., ‘endurance’ is to be calculated for ISA conditions (ISO 2533:1975) at sea level in zero wind.
            3. For the purposes of 1-9.A.12.a., ‘natural vision’ means unaided human sight, with or without corrective lenses.
        • Related equipment and components, as follows:
          • 1. Not used since 2014
          • 2. Not used since 2014
          • 3. Equipment or components, specially designed to convert a manned “aircraft” or a manned “airship” to a “UAV” or unmanned “airship” specified by 1-9.A.12.a.;
          • 4. Air breathing reciprocating or rotary internal combustion type engines, specially designed or modified to propel “UAVs” or unmanned “airships”, at altitudes above 15,240 meters (50,000 feet).

1-9.B. Test, Inspection and Production Equipment

1-9.B.1. Manufacturing equipment, tooling or fixtures, as follows:

        • Directional solidification or single crystal casting equipment designed for “superalloys”;
        • Casting tooling, specially designed for manufacturing gas turbine engine blades, vanes or “tip shrouds”, manufactured from refractory metals or ceramics, as follows:
          • 1. Cores;
          • 2. Shells (moulds);
          • 3. Combined core and shell (mould) units;
        • Directional-solidification or single-crystal additive-manufacturing equipment designed for “superalloys”.

1-9.B.2. On-line (real time) control systems, instrumentation (including sensors) or automated data acquisition and processing equipment, having all of the following:

        • Specially designed for the "development" of gas turbine engines, assemblies or components; and
        • Incorporating any of the "technologies" specified by 1-9.E.3.h. or 1-9.E.3.i.

1-9.B.3. Equipment specially designed for the "production" or test of gas turbine brush seals designed to operate at tip speeds exceeding 335 m/s and temperatures in excess of 773 K (500° C), and specially designed components or accessories therefor.

1-9.B.4. Tools, dies or fixtures, for the solid state joining of "superalloy", titanium or intermetallic aerofoil-to-disk combinations described in 1-9.E.3.a.3. or 1-9.E.3.a.6. for gas turbines.

1-9.B.5. On-line (real time) control systems, instrumentation (including sensors) or automated data acquisition and processing equipment, specially designed for use with any of the following:

        • Wind tunnels designed for speeds of Mach 1.2 or more;

          Note:
          1-9.B.5.a. does not apply to wind tunnels specially designed for educational purposes and having a 'test section size' (measured laterally) of less than 250 mm.

          Technical Note:
          'Test section size' means the diameter of the circle, or the side of the square, or the longest side of the rectangle, at the largest test section location.
        • Devices for simulating flow-environments at speeds exceeding Mach 5, including hot-shot tunnels, plasma arc tunnels, shock tubes, shock tunnels, gas tunnels and light gas guns; or
        • Wind tunnels or devices, other than two-dimensional sections, capable of simulating Reynolds number flows exceeding 25 x 106.

1-9.B.6. Acoustic vibration test equipment capable of producing sound pressure levels of 160 dB or more (referenced to 20 μPa) with a rated output of 4 kW or more at a test cell temperature exceeding 1,273 K (1,000° C), and specially designed quartz heaters therefor.

1-9.B.7. Equipment specially designed for inspecting the integrity of rocket motors and using Non-Destructive Test (NDT) techniques other than planar x-ray or basic physical or chemical analysis.

1-9.B.8. Direct measurement wall skin friction transducers specially designed to operate at a test flow total (stagnation) temperature exceeding 833 K (560° C).

1-9.B.9. Tooling specially designed for producing gas turbine engine powder metallurgy rotor components having all of the following:

        • Designed to operate at stress levels of 60% of Ultimate Tensile Strength (UTS) or more measured at a temperature of 873 K (600° C); and
        • Designed to operate at 873 K (600° C) or more.

          Note:
          1-9.B.9. does not specify tooling for the production of powder.

1-9.B.10. Equipment specially designed for the production of item specified by 1-9.A.12.

1-9.C. Materials

None

1-9.D. Software

1-9.D.1. “Software”, not specified in 1-9.D.3. or 1-9.D.4., specially designed or modified for the “development” of equipment or “technology”, specified by 1-9.A., 1-9.B. or 1-9.E.3.

1-9.D.2. “Software””, not specified in 1-9.D.3. or 1-9.D.4., specially designed or modified for the “production” of equipment specified by 1-9.A. or 1-9.B.

1-9.D.3. "Software" incorporating "technology" specified by 1-9.E.3.h. and used in "FADEC Systems" for systems specified by 1-9.A. or equipment specified by 1-9.B.

1-9.D.4. Other "software" as follows:

        • 2D or 3D viscous "software", validated with wind tunnel or flight test data required for detailed engine flow modelling;
        • “Software” for testing aero gas turbine engines, assemblies or components, having all of the following:
          • 1. Specially designed for testing any of the following:
            • Aero gas turbine engines, assemblies or components, incorporating “technology” specified by 1-9.E.3.a., 1-9.E.3.h. or 1-9.E.3.i.; or
            • Multi-stage compressors providing either bypass or core flow, specially designed for aero gas turbine engines incorporating "technology" specified by 1-9.E.3.a. or 1-9.E.3.h.; and
          • 2. Specially designed for all of the following:
            • Acquisition and processing of data, in real time; and
            • Feedback control of the test article or test conditions (e.g., temperature, pressure, flow rate) while the test is in progress;

            Note:
            1-9.D.4.b. does not specify software for operation of the test facility or operator safety (e.g., overspeed shutdown, fire detection and suppression), or production, repair or maintenance acceptance-testing limited to determining if the item has been properly assembled or repaired.

        • “Software” specially designed to control directional -solidification or single -crystal material growth in equipment specified by 1-9.B.1.a. or 1-9.B.1.c.;
        • Not used since 2011
        • "Software" specially designed or modified for the operation of items specified by 1-9.A.12.;
        • "Software" specially designed to design the internal cooling passages of aero gas turbine engine blades, vanes and "tip shrouds";
        • "Software" having all of the following:
          • 1. Specially designed to predict aero thermal, aeromechanical and combustion conditions in aero gas turbine engines; and
          • 2. Theoretical modelling predictions of the aero thermal, aeromechanical and combustion conditions, which have been validated with actual aero gas turbine engine (experimental or production) performance data.

1-9.D.5. “Software” specially designed or modified for the operation of items specified by 1‑9.A.4.e. or 1-9.A.4.f.

N.B.:
For “software” items listed in 1-9.A.4.d. that are incorporated into “spacecraft payloads”, see the appropriate Categories.

1-9.E. Technology

Note:
“Development” or “production” “technology” specified by 1-9.E. for gas turbine engines remains specified by 1-9.E. when used for repair or overhaul. Excluded from 1-9.E. are: technical data, drawings or documentation for maintenance activities directly associated with calibration, removal or replacement of damaged or unserviceable line replaceable units, including replacement of whole engines or engine modules.

1-9.E.1. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" of equipment or "software", specified by 1-9.A.1.b., 1-9.A.4. to 1-9.A.12., 1-9.B. or 1-9.D.

1-9.E.2. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "production" of equipment specified by 1-9.A.1.b., 1-9.A.4. to 1-9.A.11. or 1-9.B.

N.B.:
For "technology" for the repair of specified structures, laminates or materials, see 1-1.E.2.f.

1-9.E.3. Other "technology" as follows:

        • 1. Gas turbine blades, vanes or "tip shrouds", made from directionally solidified (DS) or single crystal (SC) alloys and having (in the 001 Miller Index Direction) a stress-rupture life exceeding 400 hours at 1,273 K (1,000° C) at a stress of 200 MPa, based on the average property values;

          Technical Note:
          For the purposes of 1-9.E.3.a.1., stress-rupture life testing is typically conducted on a test specimen.
        • 2. Combustors having any of the following:
          • 'Thermally decoupled liners' designed to operate at ‘combustor exit temperature’ exceeding 1,883 K (1,610° C);
          • Non-metallic liners;
          • Non-metallic shells;
          • Liners designed to operate at ‘combustor exit temperature’ exceeding 1,883 K (1,610° C) and having holes that meet the parameters specified by 1-9.E.3.c.; or
          • Utilising ‘pressure gain combustion’;

            Technical Note:
            In ‘pressure gain combustion’ the bulk average stagnation pressure at the combustor outlet is greater than the bulk average stagnation pressure at the combustor inlet due primarily to the combustion process, when the engine is running in a “steady state mode” of operation.

          Note:
          The “required” “technology” for holes in 1-9.E.3.a.2. is limited to the derivation of the geometry and location of the holes.

          Technical Notes:

          • 1. ‘Thermally decoupled liners’ are liners that feature at least a support structure designed to carry mechanical loads and a combustion facing structure designed to protect the support structure from the heat of combustion. The combustion facing structure and support structure have independent thermal displacement (mechanical displacement due to thermal load) with respect to one another, i.e. they are thermally decoupled.
          • 2. ‘Combustor exit temperature’ is the bulk average gas path total (stagnation) temperature between the combustor exit plane and the leading edge of the turbine inlet guide vane (i.e., measured at engine station T40 as defined in SAE ARP 755A) when the engine is running in a "steady state mode" of operation at the certificated maximum continuous operating temperature.

          N.B.:
          See 1-9.E.3.c. for “technology” “required” for manufacturing cooling holes.

        • 3. Components that are any of the following:
          • Manufactured from organic “composite” materials designed to operate above 588 K (315° C);
          • Manufactured from any of the following:
            • 1. Metal “matrix” “ composites” reinforced by any of the following:
              • a. Materials specified by 1-1.C.7.;
              • b. “Fibrous or filamentary materials” specified by 1-1.C.10.; or
              • c. Aluminides specified by 1-1.C.2.a.; or
            • 2. Ceramic “matrix” “composites” specified by 1-1.C.7.; or
          • Stators, vanes, blades, tip seals (shrouds), rotating blings, rotating blisks, or ‘splitter ducts’, that are all of the following:
            • 1. Not specified in 1-9.E.3.a.3.a.;
            • 2. Designed for compressors or fans; and
            • 3. Manufactured from material specified by 1-1.C.10.e. with resins specified by 1-1.C.8.;
              Technical Note:
              A ‘splitter duct’ performs the initial separation of the air-mass flow between the bypass and core sections of the engine.
        • 4. Uncooled turbine blades, vanes or “tip shrouds”, designed to operate at a ‘gas path temperature’ of 1,373 K (1,100° C) or more;
        • 5. Cooled turbine blades, vanes, “tip shrouds” other than those described in 1-9.E.3.a.1., designed to operate at a ‘gas path temperature’ of 1,693 K (1,420° C) or more;

          Technical Note:
          • ‘Gas path temperature’ is the bulk average gas path total (stagnation) temperature at the leading edge plane of the turbine component when the engine is running in a "steady state mode" of operation at the certificated or specified maximum continuous operating temperature.
        • 6. Aerofoil-to-disk blade combinations using solid state joining;
        • 7. Not used since 2018
        • 8. 'Damage tolerant' gas turbine engine rotor components using powder metallurgy materials specified by 1-1.C.2.b.; or

          Technical Note:
          'Damage tolerant' components are designed using methodology and substantiation to predict and limit crack growth.
        • 9. Not used since 2009

          N.B.:
          For "FADEC systems", see 1-9.E.3.h.
        • 10. Not used since 2010

          N.B.:
          For adjustable flow path geometry, see 1-9.E.3.i.
        • 11.‘Fan blades’ having all of the following:
          a. 20% or more of the total volume being one or more closed cavities containing vacuum or gas only; and
          b. One or more closed cavities having a volume of 5 cm3 or larger;

          Technical Note
          For the purposes of 1-9.E.3.a.11., a ‘fan blade’ is the aerofoil portion of the rotating stage or stages, which provide both compressor and bypass flow in a gas turbine engine.
        • 1. Wind tunnel aero-models equipped with non-intrusive sensors capable of transmitting data from the sensors to the data acquisition system; or
        • 2. "Composite" propeller blades or prop fans, capable of absorbing more than 2,000 kW at flight speeds exceeding Mach 0.55;
        • 1. Having all of the following:
          • Minimum ‘cross-sectional area’ less than 0.45 mm2;
          • ‘Hole shape ratio’ greater than 4.52; and
          • ‘Incidence angle’ equal to or less than 25°; or
        • 2. Having all of the following:
          • Minimum ‘cross-sectional area’ less than 0.12 mm2;
          • ‘Hole shape ratio’ greater than 5.65; and
          • ‘Incidence angle’ more than 25°;

          Note:
          1-9.E.3.c. does not apply to “technology” for manufacturing constant radius cylindrical holes that are straight through and enter and exit on the external surfaces of the component.

          Technical Notes:

          • 1. For the purposes of 1-9.E.3.c., the ‘cross-sectional area’ is the area of the hole in the plane perpendicular to the hole axis.
          • 2. For the purposes of 1-9.E.3.c., ‘hole shape ratio’ is the nominal length of the axis of the hole divided by the square root of its minimum ‘cross-sectional area’.
          • 3. For the purposes of 1-9.E.3.c., ‘incidence angle’ is the acute angle measured between the plane tangential to the aerofoil surface and the hole axis at the point where the hole axis enters the aerofoil surface.
          • 4. Methods for manufacturing holes in 1-9.E.3.c. include “laser” beam machining, water jet machining, Electro-Chemical Machining (ECM) or Electrical Discharge Machining (EDM).
        • 1. 'Box volume' of 1.2 m3 or less;
        • 2. An overall power output of more than 750 kW based on 80/1269/EEC, ISO 2534 or national equivalents; and
        • 3. Power density of more than 700 kW/m3 of 'box volume';

          Technical Note:
          'Box volume' is the product of three perpendicular dimensions measured in the following way:

          Length: The length of the crankshaft from front flange to flywheel face;

          Width: The widest of any of the following:
          • The outside dimension from valve cover to valve cover;
          • The dimensions of the outside edges of the cylinder heads; or
          • The diameter of the flywheel housing;

          Height: The largest of any of the following:

          • The dimension of the crankshaft centre-line to the top plane of the valve cover (or cylinder head) plus twice the stroke; or
          • The diameter of the flywheel housing.
        • 1. "Technology" "required" for the "production" of engine systems having all of the following components employing ceramics materials specified by 1-1.C.7.:
          • Cylinder liners;
          • Pistons;
          • Cylinder heads; and
          • One or more other components (including exhaust ports, turbochargers, valve guides, valve assemblies or insulated fuel injectors);
        • 2. "Technology" "required" for the "production" of turbocharger systems with single-stage compressors and having all of the following:
          • Operating at pressure ratios of 4:1 or higher;
          • Mass flow in the range from 30 to 130 kg per minute; and
          • Variable flow area capability within the compressor or turbine sections;
        • 3. "Technology" "required" for the "production" of fuel injection systems with a specially designed multifuel (e.g., diesel or jet fuel) capability covering a viscosity range from diesel fuel (2.5 cSt at 310.8 K (37.8° C)) down to gasoline fuel (0.5 cSt at 310.8 K (37.8° C)) and having all of the following:
          • Injection amount in excess of 230 mm3 per injection per cylinder; and
          • Electronic control features specially designed for switching governor characteristics automatically depending on fuel property to provide the same torque characteristics by using the appropriate sensors;
        • 1. "Development" "technology" for deriving the functional requirements for the components necessary for the "FADEC system" to regulate engine thrust or shaft power (e.g., feedback sensor time constants and accuracies, fuel valve slew rate);
        • 2. "Development" or "production" "technology" for control and diagnostic components unique to the "FADEC system" and used to regulate engine thrust or shaft power;
        • 3. "Development" "technology" for the control law algorithms, including "source code", unique to the "FADEC system" and used to regulate engine thrust or shaft power.

          Note:
          1-9.E.3.h. does not apply to technical data related to engine -“aircraft” integration required by civil aviation authorities of one or more Wassenaar Arrangement Participating States to be published for general airline use (e.g., installation manuals, operating instructions, instructions for continued airworthiness) or interface functions (e.g., input/output processing, airframe thrust or shaft power demand).
        • 1. "Development" "technology" for deriving the functional requirements for the components that maintain engine stability;
        • 2. "Development" or "production" "technology" for components unique to the adjustable flow path system and that maintain engine stability;
        • 3. "Development" "technology" for the control law algorithms, including "source code", unique to the adjustable flow path system and that maintain engine stability.

          Note:
          1-9.E.3.i. does not apply to "technology" for any of the following:
          • Inlet guide vanes;
          • Variable pitch fans or prop-fans;
          • Variable compressor vanes;
          • Compressor bleed valves; or
          • Adjustable flow path geometry for reverse thrust.

Group 2 - Munitions List

Note 1:
Terms in "quotations" are defined terms. Refer to 'Definitions of Terms used in ’Groups 1 and 2’ annexed to this List. References to the "Dual-Use List" and "Munitions List" within Groups 1 and 2 refer to the "Group 1 - Dual-Use List" and the "Group 2 - Munitions List" respectively.

Note 2:
In some instances chemicals are listed by name and CAS number. The list applies to chemicals of the same structural formula (including hydrates) regardless of name or CAS number. CAS numbers are shown to assist in identifying a particular chemical or mixture, irrespective of nomenclature. CAS numbers cannot be used as unique identifiers because some forms of the listed chemical have different CAS numbers and mixtures containing a listed chemical may also have different CAS numbers.

2-1. Smooth-bore weapons with a calibre of less than 20 mm, other arms and automatic weapons with a calibre of 12.7 mm (calibre 0.50 inches) or less and accessories, as follows, and specially designed components therefor:

(All Destinations)

        • Rifles and combination guns, handguns, machine, sub-machine and volley guns;

          Note:
          2-1.a. does not apply to rifles or handguns, specially designed to discharge an inert projectile by compressed air or CO2 at a muzzle velocity less than or equal to 152.4 m/s or at a muzzle energy less than or equal to 5.7 Joules.
        • Smooth-bore weapons;

          Note:
          2-1.b. does not apply to weapons specially designed to discharge an inert projectile by compressed air or CO2 at a muzzle velocity less than or equal to 152.4 m/s or at a muzzle energy less than or equal to 5.7 Joules.
        • Weapons using caseless ammunition;
        • Accessories designed for arms specified by 2-1.a., 2-1.b. or 2-1.c., as follows:
          • 1. Detachable cartridge magazines;
          • 2. Sound suppressors or moderators;
          • 3. ‘Gun-mountings’;
            Technical Note:
            For the purposes of 2-1.d.3., a ‘gun-mountings;mounting’ is a fixture designed to mount a gun onto a ground vehicle, “aircraft”, vessel or structure.
          • 4. Flash suppressors;
          • 5. Optical weapon-sights with electronic image processing;
          • 6. Optical weapon-sights specially designed for military use.
        • Other firearms as defined by the Criminal Code, as follows:
          • 1. Any firearm capable of discharging a dart or other object carrying an electrical current or substance, including the firearm of the design commonly known as the Taser Public Defender and any variant or modified version of it as set out in Part I of the Schedule to the Regulations Prescribing Certain Firearms and other Weapons, Components and Parts of Weapons, Accessories, Cartridge Magazines, Ammunition and Projectiles as Prohibited or Restricted;
          • 2. Firearms, not specified by 2-1.a., 2-1.b., 2-1.c. or 2-1.e.1., designed to discharge a projectile at a muzzle velocity exceeding 152.4 m/s or at a muzzle energy exceeding 5.7 Joules.

Note:
2-1. does not control the following:

        • 1. Firearms specially designed for dummy ammunition and which are incapable of discharging a projectile;
        • 2. Firearms specially designed to launch tethered projectiles having no high explosive charge or communications link, to a range of less than or equal to 500 m;
        • 3. Weapons that are antique firearms, as defined in paragraph (a) and (b) of the definition antique firearms in subsection 84(1) of the Criminal Code.
        • 4.Smooth-bore weapons or firearms defined by the Criminal Code specially designed for any of the following:
          • Slaughtering of domestic animals
          • Tranquilizing of animals
          • Seismic testing;
          • Firing of industrial projectiles; or
          • Disrupting Improvised Explosive devices (IEDs).

            N.B.:
            For disruptors, see 2-4. and 1-1.A.6. on the Dual-Use List.
        • 5. ‘Deactivated firearms’.
          Technical Note:
          A ‘deactivated firearm’ is a firearm that has been made incapable of firing any projectile by processes defined by the Wassenaar Arrangement Participating State’s national authority. These processes irreversibly modify the essential elements of the firearm. According to national laws and regulations, deactivation of the firearm may be attested by a certificate delivered by a competent authority and may be marked on the firearm by a stamp on an essential part.

2-2. Smooth-bore weapons with a calibre of 20 mm or more, other weapons or armament with a calibre greater than 12.7 mm (calibre 0.50 inches), projectors specially designed or modified for military use and accessories, as follows, and specially designed components therefor:

        • Guns, howitzers, cannon, mortars, anti-tank weapons, projectile launchers, military flame throwers, rifles, recoilless rifles and smooth-bore weapons ;

          (All destinations)

          Note 1:
          2-2.a. includes injectors, metering devices, storage tanks and other specially designed components for use with liquid propelling charges for any of the equipment specified by 2-2.a.

          Note 2:
          2-2.a. does not control weapons that are antique firearms, as defined in paragraph (a) and (b) of the definition antique firearms in subsection 84(1) of the Criminal Code.

          Note 3:
          2-2.a. does not apply to weapons specially designed for any of the following:

          • Slaughtering of domestic animals;
          • Tranquilizing of animals;
          • Seismic testing;
          • Firing of industrial projectiles; or
          • Disrupting Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs);

            N.B.:
            For disruptors see 2-4. and 1-1.A.6. on the Dual-Use List.
          • Hand-held projectile launchers specially designed to launch tethered projectiles having no high explosive charge or communications link, to a range of less than or equal to 500 m.
        • Projectors, specially designed or modified for military use, as follows:
          1. Smoke canister projectors;
          2. Gas canister projectors;
          3. Pyrotechnics projectors;
          (All destinations)

          Note:
          2-2.b. does not apply to signal pistols.
        • Accessories specially designed for the weapons specified in 2-2.a., as follows:
          1. Weapon sights and weapon sight mounts, specially designed for military use;
          2. Signature reduction devices;
          3. Mountings;
          4. Detachable cartridge magazines;
        • Not used since 2019

2-3. Ammunition and fuze setting devices, as follows, and specially designed components therefor:

(All Destinations)

        • Ammunition for weapons specified by 2-1., 2-2. or 2-12.;
        • Fuze setting devices specially designed for ammunition specified by 2-3.a.

Note 1:
Specially designed components specified by 2-3. include:

        • Metal or plastic fabrications such as primer anvils, bullet cups, cartridge links, rotating bands and munitions metal parts;
        • Safing and arming devices, fuzes, sensors and initiation devices;
        • Power supplies with high one-time operational output;
        • Combustible cases for charges;
        • Submunitions including bomblets, minelets and terminally guided projectiles.

Note 2:
2-3.a. does not apply to any of the following:

        • Ammunition crimped without a projectile (blank star);
        • Dummy ammunition with a pierced powder chamber;
        • Other blank and dummy ammunition, not incorporating components designed for live ammunition; or
        • Components specially designed for blank or dummy ammunition, specified in this Note 2.a., b. or c.

Note 3:
2-3.a. does not apply to cartridges specially designed for any of the following purposes:

        • Signalling;
        • Bird scaring; or
        • Lighting of gas flares at oil wells.

2-4. Bombs, torpedoes, rockets, missiles, other explosive devices and charges and related equipment and accessories, as follows, and specially designed components therefor:

N.B. 1:
For guidance and navigation equipment, see 2-11.

N.B. 2:
For Aircraft Missile Protection Systems (AMPS), see 2-4.c.

        • Bombs, torpedoes, grenades, smoke canisters, rockets, mines, missiles, depth charges, demolition-charges, demolition-devices, demolition-kits, "pyrotechnic" devices, cartridges and simulators (i.e., equipment simulating the characteristics of any of these items), specially designed for military use;

          (All destinations)

          Note:
          2-4.a. includes:
          • Smoke grenades, fire bombs, incendiary bombs and explosive devices;
          • Missile or rocket nozzles and re-entry vehicle nosetips.
        • Equipment having all of the following:
          • 1. Specially designed for military use; and
          • 2. Specially designed for 'activities' relating to of any of the following:
            • Items specified by 2-4.a.; or
            • Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs);

              Technical Note:
              For the purpose of 2-4.b.2. 'activities' applies to handling, launching, laying, controlling, discharging, detonating, activating, powering with one-time operational output, decoying, jamming, sweeping, detecting, disrupting or disposing.

              Note 1:
              2-4.b. includes:
              • Mobile gas liquefying equipment capable of producing 1,000 kg or more per day of gas in liquid form;
              • Buoyant electric conducting cable suitable for sweeping magnetic mines.

              Note 2:
              2-4.b. does not apply to hand-held devices limited by design solely to the detection of metal objects and incapable of distinguishing between mines and other metal objects.

        • Aircraft Missile Protection Systems (AMPS).

          Note:
          2-4.c. does not apply to AMPS having all of the following:
          • Any of the following missile warning sensors:
            • 1. Passive sensors having peak response between 100-400 nm;or
            • 2. Active pulsed Doppler missile warning sensors;
          • Countermeasures dispensing systems;
          • Flares, which exhibit both a visible signature and an infrared signature, for decoying surface-to-air missiles; and
          • Installed on "civil aircraft" and having all of the following:
            • 1. The AMPS is only operable in a specific "civil aircraft" in which the specific AMPS is installed and for which any of the following has been issued:
              • A civil Type Certificate issued by civil aviation authorities of one or more Wassenaar Arrangement Participating States; or
              • An equivalent document recognised by the International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO);
            • 2. The AMPS employs protection to prevent unauthorised access to "software"; and
            • 3. The AMPS incorporates an active mechanism that forces the system not to function when it is removed from the "civil aircraft" in which it was installed.

2-5. Fire control, surveillance and warning equipment, and related systems, test and alignment and countermeasure equipment, as follows, specially designed for military use, and specially designed components and accessories therefor:

        • Weapon sights, bombing computers, gun laying equipment and weapon control systems;
        • Other fire control, surveillance and warning equipment, and related systems, as follows:
          • 1. Target acquisition, designation, range-finding, surveillance or tracking systems;
          • 2. Detection, recognition or identification equipment;
          • 3. Data fusion, or sensor integration equipment;
        • Countermeasure equipment for items specified by 2-5.a. or 2-5.b.;

          Note:
          For the purposes of 2-5.c., countermeasure equipment includes detection equipment.
        • Field test or alignment equipment, specially designed for items specified by 2-5.a., 2-5.b. or 2-5.c.

2-6. Ground vehicles and components, as follows:

N.B.:

For guidance and navigation equipment, see 2-11.

        • Ground vehicles and components therefor, specially designed or modified for military use;

          Note 1:
          2-6.a. includes:
          • Tanks and other military armed vehicles and military vehicles fitted with mountings for arms or equipment for mine laying or the launching of munitions specified by 2 4.;
          • Armoured vehicles;
          • Amphibious and deep water fording vehicles;
          • Recovery vehicles and vehicles for towing or transporting ammunition or weapon systems and associated load handling equipment;
          • Trailers.

          Note 2:
          Modification of a ground vehicle for military use specified by 2-6.a. entails a structural, electrical or mechanical change involving one or more components that are specially designed for military use. Such components include:

          • Pneumatic tyre casings of a kind specially designed to be bullet-proof;
          • Armoured protection of vital parts (e.g., fuel tanks or vehicle cabs);
          • Special reinforcements or mountings for weapons;
          • Black-out lighting.
        • Other ground vehilces and components, as follows:
          • 1. Vehicles having all of the following:
            • Manufactured or fitted with materials or components to provide ballistic protection equal to or better than level III (NIJ 0108.01, September 1985), or “equivalent standards”;
            • A transmission to provide drive to both front and rear wheels simultaneously, including those for vehicles having additional wheels for load bearing purposes whether driven or not;
            • Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) greater than 4,500 kg; and
            • Designed or modified for off-road use;
          • 2. Components having all of the following:
            • Specially designed for vehicles specified in 2-6.b.1.; and
            • Providing ballistic protection equal to or better than level III (NIJ 0108.01, September 1985 ), or “equivalent standards”.

            N.B.:
            See also 2-13.a.

            Note 1:
            2-6. does not apply to civil vehicles designed or modified for transporting money or valuables.

            Note 2:
            2-6. does not apply to vehicles that meet all of the following:

            • Were manufactured before 1946;
            • Do not have items specified by the Munitions List and manufactured after 1945, except for reproductions of original components or accessories for the vehicle; and
            • Do not incorporate weapons specified in 2-1., 2-2. or 2-4. unless they are inoperable and incapable of discharging a projectile.

2-7. Chemical agents, “biological agents ”, "riot control agents", radioactive materials, related equipment, components and materials, as follows:

a. “Biological agents” or radioactive materials selected or modified to increase their effectiveness in producing casualties in humans or animals, degrading equipment or damaging crops or the environment;

b. Chemical warfare (CW) agents, including:

        • 1. CW nerve agents:
          • O-Alkyl (equal to or less than C10, including cycloalkyl) alkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl) - phosphonofluoridates, such as:
            • Sarin (GB):O-Isopropyl methylphosphonofluoridate (CAS 107-44-8); and
            • Soman (GD):O-Pinacolyl methylphosphonofluoridate (CAS 96-64-0);
          • O-Alkyl (equal to or less than C10, including cycloalkyl) N,N-dialkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl) phosphoramidocyanidates, such as:
            • Tabun (GA):O-Ethyl N,N-dimethylphosphoramidocyanidate (CAS 77-81-6);
          • O-Alkyl (H or equal to or less than C10, including cycloalkyl) S-2-dialkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl)-aminoethyl alkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl) phosphonothiolates and corresponding alkylated and protonated salts, such as:
            • VX: O-Ethyl S-2-diisopropylaminoethyl methyl phosphonothiolate (CAS 50782-69-9);
        • 2. CW vesicant agents:
          • Sulphur mustards, such as:
            • 1. 2-Chloroethylchloromethylsulphide (CAS 2625-76-5);
            • 2. Bis(2-chloroethyl) sulphide (CAS 505-60-2);
            • 3. Bis(2-chloroethylthio) methane (CAS 63869-13-6);
            • 4. 1,2-bis (2-chloroethylthio) ethane (CAS 3563-36-8);
            • 5. 1,3-bis (2-chloroethylthio) -n-propane (CAS 63905-10-2);
            • 6. 1,4-bis (2-chloroethylthio) -n-butane (CAS 142868-93-7);
            • 7. 1,5-bis (2-chloroethylthio) -n-pentane (CAS 142868-94-8);
            • 8. Bis (2-chloroethylthiomethyl) ether (CAS 63918-90-1);
            • 9. Bis (2-chloroethylthioethyl) ether (CAS 63918-89-8);
          • Lewisites, such as:
            • 1. 2-chlorovinyldichloroarsine (CAS 541-25-3);
            • 2. Tris (2-chlorovinyl) arsine (CAS 40334-70-1);
            • 3. Bis (2-chlorovinyl) chloroarsine (CAS 40334-69-8);
          • Nitrogen mustards, such as:
            • 1. HN1: bis (2-chloroethyl) ethylamine (CAS 538-07-8);
            • 2. HN2: bis (2-chloroethyl) methylamine (CAS 51-75-2);
            • 3. HN3: tris (2-chloroethyl) amine (CAS 555-77-1);
        • 3. CW incapacitating agents, such as:
          • 3-Quinuclidinyl benzilate (BZ) (CAS 6581-06-2);
        • 4. CW defoliants, such as:
          • Butyl 2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxyacetate (LNF);
          • 2,4,5-trichlorophenoxyacetic acid (CAS 93-76-5) mixed with 2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid (CAS 94-75-7) (Agent Orange (CAS 39277-47-9));

2-7.c. CW binary precursors and key precursors, as follows:

        • 1. Alkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl) Phosphonyl Difluorides, such as:
          • DF: Methyl Phosphonyldifluoride (CAS 676-99-3);
        • 2. O-Alkyl (H or equal to or less than C10, including cycloalkyl) O-2-dialkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl) aminoethyl alkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl) phosphonites and corresponding alkylated and protonated salts, such as:
          • QL: O-Ethyl O-2-di-isopropylaminoethyl methylphosphonite (CAS 57856-11-8);
        • 3. Chlorosarin: O-Isopropyl methylphosphonochloridate (CAS 1445-76-7);
        • 4. Chlorosoman: O-Pinacolyl methylphosphonochloridate (CAS 7040-57-5);

2-7.d. "Riot control agents", active constituent chemicals and combinations thereof, including:

        • 1. α-Bromobenzeneacetonitrile, (Bromobenzyl cyanide) (CA) (CAS 5798-79-8);
        • 2. [(2-chlorophenyl) methylene] propanedinitrile, (o-Chlorobenzylidenemalononitrile) (CS) (CAS 2698-41-1);
        • 3. 2-Chloro-1-phenylethanone, Phenylacyl chloride (ω-chloroacetophenone) (CN) (CAS 532-27-4);
        • 4. Dibenz-(b,f)-1,4-oxazephine, (CR) (CAS 257-07-8);
        • 5. 10-Chloro-5,10-dihydrophenarsazine, (Phenarsazine chloride), (Adamsite), (DM) (CAS 578-94-9);
        • 6. N-Nonanoylmorpholine, (MPA) (CAS 5299-64-9);

Note 1:
2-7.d. does not apply to "riot control agents" individually packaged for personal self-defence purposes.

Note 2:
2-7.d. does not apply to active constituent chemicals, and combinations thereof, identified and packaged for food production or medical purposes.

2-7.e. Equipment, specially designed or modified for military use, designed or modified for the dissemination of any of the following, and specially designed components therefor:

        • Materials or agents specified by 2-7.a., 2-7.b. or 2-7.d.; or
        • CW agents made up of precursors specified by 2-7.c.;

2-7.f. Protective and decontamination equipment, specially designed or modified for military use, components and chemical mixtures, as follows:

        • 1. Equipment designed or modified for defence against materials specified by 2-7.a., 2-7.b. or 2-7.d., and specially designed components therefor;
        • 2. Equipment designed or modified for decontamination of objects contaminated with materials specified by 2-7.a. or 2-7.b., and specially designed components therefor;
        • 3. Chemical mixtures specially developed or formulated for the decontamination of objects contaminated with materials specified by 2-7.a. or 2-7.b.;

          Note:
          2-7.f.1. includes:
          • Air conditioning units specially designed or modified for nuclear, biological or chemical filtration;
          • Protective clothing.

          N.B.:
          For civil gas masks, protective and decontamination equipment, see also 1-1.A.4. on the Dual-Use List.

2-7.g. Equipment, specially designed or modified for military use designed or modified for the detection or identification of materials specified by 2-7.a., 2-7.b. or 2-7.d., and specially designed components therefor;

Note:
2-7.g. does not apply to personal radiation monitoring dosimeters.

N.B.:
See also 1-1.A.4. on the Dual-Use List.

2-7.h. "Biopolymers" specially designed or processed for the detection or identification of CW agents specified by 2-7.b., and the cultures of specific cells used to produce them;

2-7.i. "Biocatalysts" for the decontamination or degradation of CW agents, and biological systems therefor, as follows:

        • 1. “Biocatalysts” specially designed for the decontamination or degradation of CW agents specified by 2-7.b., and resulting from directed laboratory selection or genetic manipulation of biological systems;
        • 2. Biological systems containing the genetic information specific to the production of "biocatalysts" specified by 2-7.i.1., as follows:
          • "Expression vectors";
          • Viruses;
          • Cultures of cells.

Note 1:
2-7.b. and 2-7.d. do not apply to the following:

        • Cyanogen chloride (CAS 506-77-4);
        • Hydrocyanic acid (CAS 74-90-8);
        • Chlorine (CAS 7782-50-5);
        • Carbonyl chloride (phosgene) (CAS 75-44-5);
        • Diphosgene (trichloromethyl-chloroformate) (CAS 503-38-8);
        • Not used since 2004
        • Xylyl bromide, ortho: (CAS 89-92-9), meta: (CAS 620-13-3), para: (CAS 104-81-4);
        • Benzyl bromide (CAS 100-39-0);
        • Benzyl iodide (CAS 620-05-3);
        • Bromo acetone (CAS 598-31-2);
        • Cyanogen bromide (CAS 506-68-3);
        • Bromo methylethylketone (CAS 816-40-0);
        • Chloro acetone (CAS 78-95-5);
        • Ethyl iodoacetate (CAS 623-48-3);
        • Iodo acetone (CAS 3019-04-3);
        • Chloropicrin (CAS 76-06-2).

Note 2:
The cultures of cells and biological systems specified by 2-7.h. and 2-7.i.2. are exclusive and these sub-items do not apply to cells or biological systems for civil purposes, such as agricultural, pharmaceutical, medical, veterinary, environmental, waste management, or in the food industry.

2-8. "Energetic materials" and related substances, as follows:

N.B. 1:
See also 1-1.C.11. on the Dual-Use List.

N.B. 2:
For charges and devices, see 2-4. and 1-1.A.8. on the Dual-Use List.

Technical Notes:

        • 1. For the purposes of 2-8., excluding 2-8.c.11 or 2-8.c.12., ‘mixture’ refers to a composition of two or more substances with at least one substance being listed in the 2 -8. sub-items.
        • 2. Any substance listed in the 2-8. sub-items is subject to this list, even when utilised in an application other than that indicated. (e.g., TAGN is predominantly used as an explosive but can also be used either as a fuel or an oxidizer.)
        • 3. For the purposes of 2-8., particle size is the mean particle diameter on a weight or volume basis. International or equivalent national standards will be used in sampling and determining particle size.

2-8.a. “Explosives” as follows, and ‘mixtures’ thereof:

        • 1. ADNBF (aminodinitrobenzofuroxan or 7-amino-4,6-dinitrobenzofurazane-1-oxide) (CAS 97096-78-1);
        • 2. BNCP (cis-bis (5-nitrotetrazolato) tetra amine-cobalt (III) perchlorate) (CAS 117412-28-9);
        • 3. CL-14 (diamino dinitrobenzofuroxan or 5,7-diamino-4,6-dinitrobenzofurazane-1-oxide ) (CAS 117907-74-1);
        • 4. CL-20 (HNIW or Hexanitrohexaazaisowurtzitane) (CAS 135285-90-4); chlathrates of CL-20 (see also 2-8.g.3. and 2-8.g.4. for its "precursors");
        • 5. CP (2-(5-cyanotetrazolato) penta amine-cobalt (III) perchlorate) (CAS 70247-32-4);
        • 6. DADE (1,1-diamino-2,2-dinitroethylene, FOX-7) (CAS 145250-81-3);
        • 7. DATB (diaminotrinitrobenzene) (CAS 1630-08-6);
        • 8. DDFP (1,4-dinitrodifurazanopiperazine);
        • 9. DDPO (2,6-diamino-3,5-dinitropyrazine-1-oxide, PZO) (CAS 194486-77-6);
        • 10. DIPAM (3,3'-diamino-2,2',4,4',6,6'-hexanitrobiphenyl or dipicramide) (CAS 17215-44-0);
        • 11. DNGU (DINGU or dinitroglycoluril) (CAS 55510-04-8);
        • 12. Furazans as follows:
          • DAAOF (DAAF, DAAFox, or diaminoazoxyfurazan);
          • DAAzF (diaminoazofurazan) (CAS 78644-90-3);
        • 13. HMX and derivatives (see also 2-8.g.5. for its "precursors"), as follows:
          • HMX (Cyclotetramethylenetetranitramine, octahydro-1,3,5,7-tetranitro-1,3,5,7-tetrazine, 1,3,5,7-tetranitro-1,3,5,7-tetraza-cyclooctane, octogen or octogene) (CAS 2691-41-0);
          • Difluoroaminated analogs of HMX;
          • K-55 (2,4,6,8-tetranitro-2,4,6,8-tetraazabicyclo [3,3,0]-octanone-3, tetranitrosemiglycouril or keto-bicyclic HMX) (CAS 130256-72-3);
        • 14. HNAD (hexanitroadamantane) (CAS 143850-71-9);
        • 15. HNS (hexanitrostilbene) (CAS 20062-22-0);
        • 16. Imidazoles as follows:
          • BNNII (Octahydro-2,5-bis(nitroimino)imidazo [4,5-d]imidazole);
          • DNI (2,4-dinitroimidazole) (CAS 5213-49-0);
          • FDIA (1-fluoro-2,4-dinitroimidazole);
          • NTDNIA (N-(2-nitrotriazolo)-2,4-dinitroimidazole);
          • PTIA (1-picryl-2,4,5-trinitroimidazole);
        • 17. NTNMH (1-(2-nitrotriazolo)-2-dinitromethylene hydrazine);
        • 18.NTO (ONTA or 3-nitro-1,2,4-triazol-5-one) (CAS 932-64-9);
        • 19. Polynitrocubanes with more than four nitro groups;
        • 20. PYX (2,6-Bis(picrylamino)-3,5-dinitropyridine) (CAS 38082-89-2);
        • 21. RDX and derivatives, as follows:
          • RDX (cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine, cyclonite, T4, hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-triazine, 1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-triaza-cyclohexane, hexogen or hexogene) (CAS 121-82-4);
          • Keto-RDX (K-6 or 2,4,6-trinitro-2,4,6-triazacyclohexanone) (CAS 115029-35-1);
        • 22. TAGN (triaminoguanidinenitrate) (CAS 4000-16-2);
        • 23. TATB (triaminotrinitrobenzene) (CAS 3058-38-6) (see also 2-8.g.7 for its "precursors");
        • 24. TEDDZ (3,3,7,7-tetrabis(difluoroamine) octahydro-1,5-dinitro-1,5-diazocine);
        • 25. Tetrazoles as follows:
          • NTAT (nitrotriazol aminotetrazole);
          • NTNT (1-N-(2-nitrotriazolo)-4-nitrotetrazole);
        • 26. Tetryl (trinitrophenylmethylnitramine) (CAS 479-45-8);
        • 27. TNAD (1,4,5,8-tetranitro-1,4,5,8-tetraazadecalin) (CAS 135877-16-6) (see also 2-8.g.6. for its "precursors");
        • 28. TNAZ (1,3,3-trinitroazetidine) (CAS 97645-24-4) (see also 2-8.g.2. for its "precursors");
        • 29. TNGU (SORGUYL or tetranitroglycoluril) (CAS 55510-03-7);
        • 30. TNP (1,4,5,8-tetranitro-pyridazino[4,5-d]pyridazine) (CAS 229176-04-9);
        • 31. Triazines as follows:
          • DNAM (2-oxy-4,6-dinitroamino-s-triazine) (CAS 19899-80-0);
          • NNHT (2-nitroimino-5-nitro-hexahydro-1,3,5-triazine) (CAS 130400-13-4);
        • 32. Triazoles as follows:
          • 5-azido-2-nitrotriazole;
          • ADHTDN (4-amino-3,5-dihydrazino-1,2,4-triazole dinitramide) (CAS 1614-08-0);
          • ADNT (1-amino-3,5-dinitro-1,2,4-triazole);
          • BDNTA ((bis-dinitrotriazole)amine);
          • DBT (3,3'-dinitro-5,5-bi-1,2,4-triazole) (CAS 30003-46-4);
          • DNBT (dinitrobistriazole) (CAS 70890-46-9);
          • Not used since 2010
          • NTDNT (1-N-(2-nitrotriazolo) 3,5-dinitrotriazole);
          • PDNT (1-picryl-3,5-dinitrotriazole);
          • TACOT (tetranitrobenzotriazolobenzotriazole) (CAS 25243-36-1);
        • 33. "Explosives" not listed elsewhere in 2-8.a. and having any of the following:
          • Detonation velocity exceeding 8,700 m/s, at maximum density, or
          • Detonation pressure exceeding 34 GPa (340 kbar);
        • 34. Not used since 2013
        • 35. DNAN (2,4-dinitroanisole) (CAS 119-27-7);
        • 36. TEX (4,10-Dinitro-2,6,8,12-tetraoxa-4,10-diazaisowurtzitane);
        • 37. GUDN (Guanylurea dinitramide) FOX-12 (CAS 217464-38-5);
        • 38. Tetrazines as follows:
          • BTAT (Bis(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-3,6-diaminotetrazine);
          • LAX-112 (3,6-diamino-1,2,4,5-tetrazine-1,4-dioxide);
        • 39. Energetic ionic materials melting between 343 K (70° C) and 373 K (100° C) and with detonation velocity exceeding 6,800 m/s or detonation pressure exceeding 18 GPa (180 kbar);
        • 40. BTNEN (Bis(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-nitramine) (CAS 19836-28-3);
        • 41. FTDO (5,6-(3’,4’-furazano)- 1,2,3,4-tetrazine-1,3-dioxide);
        • 42. EDNA (Ethylenedinitramine) (CAS 505-71-5);
        • 43. TKX-50 (Dihydroxylammonium 5,5'-bistetrazole-1,1'-diolate);

Note:
2-8.a. includes ‘explosive co-crystals’.

Technical Note:
An ‘explosive co-crystal’ is a solid material consisting of an ordered three dimensional arrangement of two or more explosive molecules, where at least one is specified in 2-8.a.

2-8.b. "Propellants" as follows:

        • 1. Any solid “propellant” with a theoretical specific impulse (under standard conditions) of more than:
          • 240 seconds for non-metallized, non-halogenized “propellant”;
          • 250 seconds for non-metallized, halogenized “propellant”; or
          • 260 seconds for metallized “propellant”;
        • 2.Not used since 2013
        • 3. "Propellants" having a force constant of more than 1,200 kJ/kg;
        • 4. "Propellants" that can sustain a steady-state linear burning rate of more than 38 mm/s under standard conditions (as measured in the form of an inhibited single strand) of 6.89 MPa (68.9 bar) pressure and 294 K (21° C);
        • 5. Elastomer Modified Cast Double Base (EMCDB) "propellants" with extensibility at maximum stress of more than 5% at 233 K (-40° C);
        • 6. Any "propellant" containing substances specified by 2-8.a.;
        • 7. "Propellants", not specified elsewhere in the Munitions List, specially designed for military use;

2-8.c. “Pyrotechnics”, fuels and related substances, as follows, and ‘mixtures’ thereof:

        • 1. “Aircraft” fuels specially formulated for military purposes;

          Note 1:
          2-8.c.1. does not apply to the following “aircraft” fuels: JP-4, JP-5, and JP-8.
          Note 2:
          “Aircraft” fuels specified by 2-8.c.1. are finished products, not their constituents.
        • 2. Alane (aluminium hydride) (CAS 7784-21-6);
        • 3.Boranes, as follows, and their derivatives:
          • Carboranes;
          • Borane homologues, as follows:
            • 1. Decaborane (14) (CAS 17702-41-9);
            • 2. Pentaborane (9) (CAS 19624 22 7);
            • 3. Pentaborane (11) (CAS 18433-84-6);
        • 4. Hydrazine and derivatives, as follows (see also 2-8.d.8. and 2-8.d.9. for oxidising hydrazine derivatives):
          • Hydrazine (CAS 302-01-2) in concentrations of 70% or more;
          • Monomethyl hydrazine (CAS 60-34-4);
          • Symmetrical dimethyl hydrazine (CAS 540-73-8);
          • Unsymmetrical dimethyl hydrazine (CAS 57-14-7);

            Note :
            2-8.c.4.a. does not apply to hydrazine ‘mixtures’ specially formulated for corrosion control.
        • 5. Metal fuels, fuel ‘mixtures’ or “pyrotechnic” ‘mixtures’, in particle form whether spherical, atomized, spheroidal, flaked or ground, manufactured from material consisting of 99% or more of any of the following:
          • Metals as follows and ‘mixtures’ thereof:
            • 1. Beryllium (CAS 7440-41-7) in particle sizes of less than 60 μm;
            • 2. Iron powder (CAS 7439-89-6) with particle size of 3 μm or less produced by reduction of iron oxide with hydrogen;
          • ‘Mixtures’ containing any of the following:
            • 1. Zirconium (CAS 7440-67-7), magnesium (CAS 7439-95-4) or alloys of these in particle sizes of less than 60 μm; or
            • 2. Boron (CAS 7440-42-8) or boron carbide (CAS 12069-32-8) fuels of 85% purity or higher and particle sizes of less than 60 μm;

            Note 1:
            2-8.c.5 applies to “explosives” and fuels, whether or not the metals or alloys are encapsulated in aluminium, magnesium, zirconium, or beryllium.

            Note 2:
            2-8.c.5.b. only applies to metal fuels in particle form when they are mixed with other substances to form a ‘mixture’ formulated for military purposes such as liquid “propellant” slurries, solid “propellants”, or “pyrotechnic” ‘mixtures’.

            Note 3:
            2-8.c.5.b.2. does not apply to boron and boron carbide enriched with boron-10 (20% or more of total boron-10 content.)

        • 6. Military materials, containing thickeners for hydrocarbon fuels, specially formulated for use in flame throwers or incendiary munitions, such as metal stearates (e.g ., octal (CAS 637-12-7)) or palmitates;
        • 7. Perchlorates, chlorates and chromates, composited with powdered metal or other high energy fuel components;
        • 8. Spherical or spheroidal aluminium powder (CAS 7429-90-5) with a particle size of 60 µm or less and manufactured from material with an aluminium content of 99% or more;
        • 9. Titanium subhydride (TiHn) of stoichiometry equivalent to n = 0.65-1.68;
        • 10. Liquid high energy density fuels not specified in 2-8.c.1., as follows:
          • Mixed fuels, that incorporate both solid and liquid fuels (e.g., boron slurry), having a mass-based energy density of 40 MJ/kg or greater;
          • Other high energy density fuels and fuel additives (e.g., cubane, ionic solutions, JP-7, JP-10), having a volume-based energy density of 37.5 GJ per cubic meter or greater, measured at 293 K (20° C) and one atmosphere (101.325 kPa) pressure;

            Note:
            2-8.c.10.b. does not apply to fossil refined fuels or biofuels, or fuels for engines certified for use in civil aviation.
        • 11. “Pyrotechnic” and pyrophoric materials as follows:
          • “Pyrotechnic” or pyrophoric materials specifically formulated to enhance or control the production of radiated energy in any part of the IR spectrum;
          • Mixtures of magnesium, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and a vinylidene difluoride-hexafluoropropylene copolymer (e.g., MTV);
        • 12. Fuel mixtures, “pyrotechnic” mixtures or “energetic materials”, not specified elsewhere in 2-8, having all of the following:
          • Containing greater than 0.5% of particles of any of the following:
            • 1. Aluminium;
            • 2. Beryllium;
            • 3. Boron;
            • 4. Zirconium;
            • 5. Magnesium; or
            • 6. Titanium;
          • Particles specified by 2-8.c.12.a. with a size less than 200 nm in any direction; and
          • Particles specified by 2-8.c.12.a. with a metal content of 60% or greater;

            Note:
            2-8.c.12. includes thermites

2-8.d. Oxidizers as follows, and ‘mixtures’ thereof:

        • 1. ADN (ammonium dinitramide or SR 12) (CAS 140456-78-6);
        • 2. AP (ammonium perchlorate) (CAS 7790-98-9);
        • 3. Compounds composed of fluorine and any of the following:
          • Other halogens;
          • Oxygen; or
          • Nitrogen;

            Note 1:
            2-8.d.3. does not apply to chlorine trifluoride (CAS 7790-91-2).

            Note 2:
            2-8.d.3. does not apply to nitrogen trifluoride (CAS 7783-54-2) in its gaseous state.
        • 4. DNAD (1,3-dinitro-1,3-diazetidine) (CAS 78246-06-7);
        • 5. HAN (hydroxylammonium nitrate) (CAS 13465-08-2);
        • 6. HAP (hydroxylammonium perchlorate) (CAS 15588-62-2);
        • 7. HNF (hydrazinium nitroformate) (CAS 20773-28-8);
        • 8. Hydrazine nitrate (CAS 37836-27-4);
        • 9. Hydrazine perchlorate (CAS 27978-54-7);
        • 10. Liquid oxidisers comprised of or containing inhibited red fuming nitric acid (IRFNA) (CAS 8007-58-7);

Note:
2-8.d.10. does not apply to non-inhibited fuming nitric acid.

2-8.e. Binders, plasticizers, monomers and polymers, as follows:

        • 1. AMMO (azidomethylmethyloxetane and its polymers) (CAS 90683-29-7) (see also 2-8.g.1. for its "precursors");
        • 2.BAMO (3,3-bis(azidomethyl)oxetane and its polymers) (CAS 17607-20-4) (see also 2-8.g.1. for its “precursors”);
        • 3. BDNPA (bis (2,2-dinitropropyl)acetal) (CAS 5108-69-0);
        • 4. BDNPF (bis (2,2-dinitropropyl)formal) (CAS 5917-61-3);
        • 5. BTTN (butanetrioltrinitrate) (CAS 6659-60-5) (see also 2-8.g.8. for its "precursors");
        • 6. Energetic monomers, plasticizers or polymers, specially formulated for military use and containing any of the following:
          • Nitro groups;
          • Azido groups;
          • Nitrate groups;
          • Nitraza groups; or
          • Difluoroamino groups;
        • 7. FAMAO (3-difluoroaminomethyl-3-azidomethyl oxetane) and its polymers;
        • 8. FEFO (bis-(2-fluoro-2,2-dinitroethyl) formal) (CAS 17003-79-1);
        • 9. FPF-1 (poly-2,2,3,3,4,4-hexafluoropentane-1,5-diol formal) (CAS 376-90-9);
        • 10. FPF-3 (poly-2,4,4,5,5,6,6-heptafluoro-2-tri-fluoromethyl-3-oxaheptane-1, 7-diol formal);
        • 11. GAP (glycidylazide polymer) (CAS 143178-24-9) and its derivatives;
        • 12. HTPB (hydroxyl terminated polybutadiene) with a hydroxyl functionality equal to or greater than 2.2 and less than or equal to 2.4, a hydroxyl value of less than 0.77 meq/g, and a viscosity at 30° C of less than 47 poise (CAS 69102-90-5);
        • 13. Alcohol functionalised poly(epichlorohydrin) with a molecular weight less than 10,000, as follows:
          • Poly(epichlorohydrindiol);
          • Poly(epichlorohydrintriol).
        • 14. NENAs (nitratoethylnitramine compounds) (CAS 17096-47-8, 85068-73-1, 82486-83-7, 82486-82-6 and 85954-06-9);
        • 15. PGN (poly-GLYN, polyglycidylnitrate or poly(nitratomethyl oxirane)) (CAS 27814-48-8);
        • 16. Poly-NIMMO (poly nitratomethylmethyloxetane), poly-NMMO or (poly(3 Nitratomethyl-3-methyloxetane)) (CAS 84051-81-0);
        • 17. Polynitroorthocarbonates;
        • 18. TVOPA (1,2,3-tris[1,2-bis(difluoroamino)ethoxy] propane or tris vinoxy propane adduct) (CAS 53159-39-0);
        • 19. 4,5 diazidomethyl-2-methyl-1,2,3-triazole (iso-DAMTR);
        • 20. PNO (Poly(3-nitrato oxetane));
        • 21. TMETN (Trimethylolethane trinitrate) (CAS 3032-55-1);

2-8.f. "Additives" as follows:

        • 1. Basic copper salicylate (CAS 62320-94-9);
        • 2. BHEGA (bis-(2-hydroxyethyl) glycolamide) (CAS 17409-41-5);
        • 3. BNO (butadienenitrileoxide);
        • 4. Ferrocene derivatives as follows:
          • Butacene (CAS 125856-62-4);
          • Catocene (2,2-bis-ethylferrocenyl propane) (CAS 37206-42-1);
          • Ferrocene carboxylic acids and ferrocene carboxylic acid esters;
          • n-butyl-ferrocene (CAS 31904-29-7);
          • Other adducted polymer ferrocene derivatives not specified elsewhere in 2-8.f.4.;
          • Ethyl ferrocene (CAS 1273-89-8);
          • Propyl ferrocene;
          • Pentyl ferrocene (CAS 1274-00-6);
          • Dicyclopentyl ferrocene;
          • Dicyclohexyl ferrocene;
          • Diethyl ferrocene (CAS 1273-97-8);
          • Dipropyl ferrocene;
          • Dibutyl ferrocene (CAS 1274-08-4);
          • Dihexyl ferrocene (CAS 93894-59-8);
          • Acetyl ferrocene (CAS 1271-55-2)/1,1’-diacetyl ferrocene (CAS 1273‑94-5);
        • 5.Lead beta-resorcylate (CAS 20936-32-7) or copper beta-resorcylate (CAS 70983-44-7);
        • 6. Lead citrate (CAS 14450-60-3);
        • 7. Lead-copper chelates of beta-resorcylate or salicylates (CAS 68411-07-4);
        • 8. Lead maleate (CAS 19136-34-6);
        • 9. Lead salicylate (CAS 15748-73-9);
        • 10. Lead stannate (CAS 12036-31-6);
        • 11. MAPO (tris-1-(2-methyl)aziridinyl phosphine oxide) (CAS 57-39-6); BOBBA 8 (bis(2-methyl aziridinyl) 2-(2-hydroxypropanoxy) propylamino phosphine oxide); and other MAPO derivatives;
        • 12. Methyl BAPO (bis(2-methyl aziridinyl) methylamino phosphine oxide) (CAS 85068-72-0);
        • 13. N-methyl-p-nitroaniline (CAS 100-15-2);
        • 14. 3-Nitraza-1,5-pentane diisocyanate (CAS 7406-61-9);
        • 15. Organo-metallic coupling agents as follows:
          • Neopentyl[diallyl]oxy, tri[dioctyl]phosphato-titanate (CAS 103850-22-2); also known as titanium IV, 2,2[bis 2-propenolato-methyl, butanolato, tris (dioctyl) phosphato] (CAS 110438-25-0); or LICA 12 (CAS 103850-22-2);
          • Titanium IV, [(2-propenolato-1) methyl, n-propanolatomethyl] butanolato-1, tris[dioctyl] pyrophosphate or KR3538;
          • Titanium IV, [(2-propenolato-1)methyl, n-propanolatomethyl] butanolato-1, tris(dioctyl)phosphate;
        • 16. Polycyanodifluoroaminoethyleneoxide;
        • 17. Bonding agents as follows:
          • 1,1R,1S-trimesoyl-tris(2-ethylaziridine) (HX-868, BITA) (CAS 7722-73-8);
          • Polyfunctional aziridine amides with isophthalic, trimesic, isocyanuric or trimethyladipic backbone also having a 2-methyl or 2-ethyl aziridine group;

            Note:
            Item 2-8.f.17.b. includes:
            • 1,1H-Isophthaloyl-bis(2-methylaziridine)(HX-752) (CAS 7652-64-4);
            • 2,4,6-tris(2-ethyl-1-aziridinyl)-1,3,5-triazine (HX-874) (CAS 18924-91-9);
            • 1,1’-trimethyladipoyl-bis(2-ethylaziridine) (HX-877) (CAS 71463-62-2).
        • 18. Propyleneimine (2-methylaziridine) (CAS 75-55-8);
        • 19. Superfine iron oxide (Fe2O3) (CAS 1317-60-8) with a specific surface area more than 250 m2/g and an average particle size of 3.0 nm or less;
        • 20. TEPAN (tetraethylenepentaamineacrylonitrile) (CAS 68412-45-3); cyanoethylated polyamines and their salts;
        • 21. TEPANOL (tetraethylenepentaamineacrylonitrileglycidol) (CAS 68412-46-4); cyanoethylated polyamines adducted with glycidol and their salts;
        • 22. TPB (triphenyl bismuth) (CAS 603-33-8);
        • 23. TEPB (Tris (ethoxyphenyl) bismuth) (CAS 90591-48-3);

2-8.g. "Precursors" as follows:

N.B.:
In 2-8.g. the references are to specified "Energetic Materials" manufactured from these substances.

        • 1.BCMO (3,3-bis(chloromethyl)oxetane) (CAS 78-71-7) (see also 2-8.e.1. and 2-8.e.2.);
        • 2. Dinitroazetidine-t-butyl salt (CAS 125735-38-8) (see also 2-8.a.28.);
        • 3. Hexaazaisowurtzitane derivates including HBIW (hexabenzylhexaazaisowurtzitane) (CAS 124782-15-6) (see also 2-8.a.4.) and TAIW (tetraacetyldibenzylhexaazaisowurtzitane) (CAS 182763-60-6) (see also 2-8.a.4.);
        • 4. Not used since 2013
        • 5. TAT (1,3,5,7 tetraacetyl-1,3,5,7,-tetraaza cyclo-octane) (CAS 41378-98-7) (see also 2-8.a.13.);
        • 6. 1,4,5,8-tetraazadecalin (CAS 5409-42-7) (see also 2-8.a.27.);
        • 7. 1,3,5-trichlorobenzene (CAS 108-70-3) (see also 2-8.a.23.);
        • 8. 1,2,4-trihydroxybutane (1,2,4-butanetriol) (CAS 3068-00-6) (see also 2-8.e.5.);
        • 9. DADN (1,5-diacetyl-3,7-dinitro-1,3,5,7-tetraaza-cyclooctane) (see also 2-8.a.13).

2-8.h. ‘Reactive material’ powders and shapes, as follows:

        • Powders of any of the following materials, with a particle size less than 250 µm in any direction and not specified elsewhere by 2-8:
          • Aluminium;
          • Niobium;
          • Boron;
          • Zirconium;
          • Magnesium;
          • Titanium;
          • Tantalum;
          • Tungsten;
          • Molybdenum; or
          • Hafnium;
        • 2. Shapes, not specified by 2-3, 2-4, 2-12 or 2-16, fabricated from powders specified by 2-8.h.1.

Technical Notes:

        • 1. ‘Reactive materials’ are designed to produce an exothermic reaction only at high shear rates and for use as liners or casings in warheads.
        • 2. ‘Reactive material’ powders are produced by, for example, a high energy ball milling process.
        • 3. ‘Reactive material’ shapes are produced by, for example, selective laser sintering.

Note 1:
2-8. does not apply to the following substances unless they are compounded or mixed with the "energetic material" specified by 2-8.a. or powdered metals specified by 2-8.c.:

        • Ammonium picrate (CAS 131-74-8);
        • Black powder;
        • Hexanitrodiphenylamine (CAS 131-73-7);
        • Difluoroamine (CAS 10405-27-3);
        • Nitrostarch (CAS 9056-38-6);
        • Potassium nitrate (CAS 7757-79-1);
        • Tetranitronaphthalene;
        • Trinitroanisol;
        • Trinitronaphthalene;
        • Trinitroxylene;
        • N-pyrrolidinone; 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (CAS 872-50-4);
        • Dioctylmaleate (CAS 142-16-5);
        • Ethylhexylacrylate (CAS 103-11-7);
        • Triethylaluminium (TEA) (CAS 97-93-8), trimethylaluminium (TMA) (CAS 75-24-1), and other pyrophoric metal alkyls and aryls of lithium, sodium, magnesium, zinc or boron;
        • Nitrocellulose (CAS 9004-70-0);
        • Nitroglycerin (or glyceroltrinitrate, trinitroglycerine) (NG) (CAS 55-63-0);
        • 2,4,6-trinitrotoluene (TNT) (CAS 118-96-7);
        • Ethylenediaminedinitrate (EDDN) (CAS 20829-66-7);
        • Pentaerythritoltetranitrate (PETN) (CAS 78-11-5);
        • Lead azide (CAS 13424-46-9), normal lead styphnate (CAS 15245-44-0) and basic lead styphnate (CAS 12403-82-6), and primary explosives or priming compositions containing azides or azide complexes;
        • Triethyleneglycoldinitrate (TEGDN) (CAS 111-22-8);
        • 2,4,6-trinitroresorcinol (styphnic acid) (CAS 82-71-3);
        • Diethyldiphenylurea; (CAS 85-98-3); dimethyldiphenylurea;(CAS 611-92-7), methylethyldiphenylurea; [Centralites]
        • N,N-diphenylurea (unsymmetrical diphenylurea) (CAS 603-54-3);
        • Methyl-N,N-diphenylurea (methyl unsymmetrical diphenylurea) (CAS 13114-72-2);
        • Ethyl-N,N-diphenylurea (ethyl unsymmetrical diphenylurea) (CAS 64544-71-4);

          aa. 2-Nitrodiphenylamine (2-NDPA) (CAS 119-75-5);
          bb. 4-Nitrodiphenylamine (4-NDPA) (CAS 836-30-6);
          cc. 2,2-dinitropropanol (CAS 918-52-5);
          dd. Nitroguanidine (CAS 556-88-7) (see 1-1.C.11.d. on the Dual-Use List).

          Note 2:
          2-8. does not apply to ammonium perchlorate (2-8.d.2.), NTO (2-8.a.18) or catocene (2-8.f.4.b.), and meeting all of the following:

          • Specially shaped and formulated for civil-use gas generation devices;
          • Compounded or mixed, with non-active thermoset binders or plasticizers, and having a mass of less than 250 g;
          • Having a maximum of 80% ammonium perchlorate (2-8.d.2.) in mass of active material;
          • Having less than or equal to 4 g of NTO (2-8.a.18.); and
          • Having less than or equal to 1 g of catocene (2-8.f.4.b.).

2-9. Vessels of war (surface or underwater), special naval equipment, accessories, components and other surface vessels, as follows:

N.B.:
For guidance and navigation equipment, see 2-11.

2-9.a. Vessels and components, as follows:

        • 1. Vessels (surface or underwater) specially designed or modified for military use, regardless of current state of repair or operating condition, and whether or not they contain weapon delivery systems or armour, and hulls or parts of hulls for such vessels, and components therefor specially designed for military use;

          Note:
          2-9.a.1. includes vehicles specially designed or modified for the delivery of divers.

        • 2. Surface vessels, not specified in 2-9.a.1., having any of the following, fixed or integrated into the vessel:
          • Automatic weapons specified in 2-1., or weapons specified in 2-2., 2-4., 2-12. or 2-19., or ‘mountings’ or hard points for weapons having a calibre of 12.7 mm or greater;

            Technical Note:
            'Mountings' refers to weapon mounts or structural strengthening for the purpose of installing weapons.
          • Fire control systems specified in 2-5.;
          • Having all of the following:
            • 1. 'Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear (CBRN) protection'; and
            • 2. 'Pre-wet or wash down system' designed for decontamination purposes; or

              Technical Notes:
              • 1. 'CBRN protection' is a self contained interior space containing features such as over-pressurization, isolation of ventilation systems, limited ventilation openings with CBRN filters and limited personnel access points incorporating air-locks.
              • 2. 'Pre-wet or wash down system' is a seawater spray system capable of simultaneously wetting the exterior superstructure and decks of a vessel.
          • Active weapon countermeasure systems specified in 2-4.b., 2-5.c. or 2-11.a. and having any of the following:
            • 1. 'CBRN protection';
            • 2. Hull and superstructure, specially designed to reduce the radar cross section;
            • 3. Thermal signature reduction devices, (e.g., an exhaust gas cooling system), excluding those specially designed to increase overall power plant efficiency or to reduce the environmental impact; or
            • 4. A degaussing system designed to reduce the magnetic signature of the whole vessel;

2-9.b. Engines and propulsion systems, as follows, specially designed for military use and components therefor specially designed for military use:

        • 1. Diesel engines specially designed for submarines:
        • 2. Electric motors specially designed for submarines and having all of the following:
          • Power output of more than 0.75 MW (1,000 hp);
          • Quick reversing;
          • Liquid cooled; and
          • Totally enclosed;
        • 3. Diesel engines having all of the following:
          • Power output of 37.3 kW (50 hp) or more; and
          • ‘Non-magnetic’ content in excess of 75% of total mass;

            Technical Note:
            For the purposes of 2-9.b.3., ‘non-magnetic’ means the relative permeability is less than 2.

        • 4. 'Air Independent Propulsion' (AIP) systems specially designed for submarines;

Technical Note:
'Air Independent Propulsion' (AIP) allows a submerged submarine to operate its propulsion system, without access to atmospheric oxygen, for a longer time than the batteries would have otherwise allowed. For the purposes of 2-9.b.4., AIP does not include nuclear power.

2-9.c. Underwater detection devices, specially designed for military use, controls therefor and components therefor specially designed for military use;

2-9.d. Anti-submarine nets and anti-torpedo nets, specially designed for military use;

2-9.e. Not used since 2003

2-9.f. Hull penetrators and connectors, specially designed for military use, that enable interaction with equipment external to a vessel, and components therefor specially designed for military use;

Note:
2-9.f. includes connectors for vessels which are of the single-conductor, multi-conductor, coaxial or waveguide type, and hull penetrators for vessels, both of which are capable of remaining impervious to leakage from without and of retaining required characteristics at marine depths exceeding 100 m; and fibre-optic connectors and optical hull penetrators, specially designed for "laser" beam transmission, regardless of depth. 2-9.f. does not apply to ordinary propulsive shaft and hydrodynamic control-rod hull penetrators.

2-9.g. Silent bearings having any of the following, components therefor and equipment containing those bearings, specially designed for military use:

        • 1. Gas or magnetic suspension;
        • 2. Active signature controls; or
        • 3. Vibration suppression controls;

2-9.h. Nuclear power generating equipment or propulsion equipment, specially designed for vessels specified in 2-9.a. and components therefor specially designed or ‘modified’ for military use.

Technical Note:
For the purpose of 2-9.h.1., ‘modified’ means any structural, electrical, mechanical, or other change that provides a non-military item with military capabilities equivalent to an item which is specially designed for military use.

Note:
2-9.h.1. includes “nuclear reactors”.

2-10. “Aircraft”, “lighter-than-air vehicles”, “Unmanned Aerial Vehicles” (“UAVs”), aero-engines and “aircraft” equipment, related equipment, and components, as follows, specially designed or modified for military use:

N.B.:
For guidance and navigation equipment, see 2-11.

        • Manned “aircraft” and “lighter-than-air vehicles”, and specially designed components therefor;
        • Not used since 2011
        • Unmanned “aircraft” and “lighter-than-air vehicles”, and related equipment, as follows, and specially designed components therefor:
          • 1. “UAVs”, Remotely Piloted Air Vehicles (RPVs), autonomous programmable vehicles and unmanned “lighter-than-air vehicles”;
          • 2. Launchers, recovery equipment and ground support equipment;
          • 3. Equipment designed for command or control;
        • Propulsion aero-engines and specially designed components therefor;
        • Airborne refuelling equipment specially designed or modified for any of the following, and specially designed components therefor:
          • 1. “Aircraft” specified by 2-10.a.; or
          • 2. Unmanned “aircraft” specified by 2-10.c.;
        • Ground equipment specially designed for “aircraft” specified by 2-10.a. or aero-engines specified by 2-10.d.;

          Note:
          2-10.f. includes pressure refuelling equipment and equipment designed to facilitate operations in confined areas, including equipment located on board a ship.
        • Aircrew life support equipment, aircrew safety equipment and other devices for emergency escape, not specified in 2-10.a., designed for “aircraft” specified by 2-10.a.;

          Note:
          2-10.g. does not control aircrew helmets that do not incorporate, or have mountings or fittings for, equipment specified in the Munitions List.

          N.B.:
          For helmets see also 2-13.c.
        • Parachutes, paragliders and related equipment, as follows, and specially designed components therefor:
          • 1. Parachutes not specified elsewhere in the Munitions List;
          • 2. Paragliders;
          • 3. Equipment specially designed for high altitude parachutists (e.g., suits, special helmets, breathing systems, navigation equipment);
        • Controlled opening equipment or automatic piloting systems, designed for parachuted loads.

          Note 1:
          2-10. a. does not apply to “aircraft” and “lighter-than-air vehicles” or variants of those “aircraft” specially designed for military use and which are all of the following:

          • Not a combat “aircraft ”;
          • Not configured for military use and not fitted with equipment or attachments specially designed or modified for military use; and
          • Certified for civil use by civil aviation authorities of one or more Wassenaar Arrangement Participating States.

          Note 2:
          2-10.d. does not apply to:

          • Aero-engines designed or modified for military use which have been certified by civil aviation authorities of one or more Wassenaar Arrangement Participating States for use in “civil aircraft”, or specially designed components therefor;
          • Reciprocating engines or specially designed components therefor, except those specially designed for “UAVs”.

          Note 3:
          For the purposes of 2-10.a. and 2-10.d., specially designed components and related equipment for non-military “aircraft” or aero-engines modified for military use applies only to those military components and to military related equipment required for the modification to military use.

          Note 4:
          For the purposes of 2-10.a., military use includes: combat, military reconnaissance, assault, military training, logistics support, and transporting and airdropping troops or military equipment.

          Note 5:
          2-10.a. does not apply to “aircraft” or “lighter-than-air vehicles” that meet all of the following:

          • Were first manufactured before 1946;
          • Do not incorporate items specified by the Munitions List, unless the items are required to meet safety or airworthiness standards of civil aviation authorities of one or more Wassenaar Arrangement Participating States; and
          • Do not incorporate weapons specified by the Munitions List, unless inoperable and incapable of being returned to operation.

          Note 6:
          2-10.d. does not apply to propulsion aero-engines that were first manufactured before 1946.

2-11. Electronic equipment, “spacecraft” and components, not specified elsewhere on the Munitions List, as follows :

        • Electronic equipment specially designed for military use and specially designed components therefor;

          Note:
          2-11.a. includes:
          • Electronic countermeasure and electronic counter-countermeasure equipment (i.e., equipment designed to introduce extraneous or erroneous signals into radar or radio communication receivers or otherwise hinder the reception, operation or effectiveness of adversary electronic receivers including their countermeasure equipment), including jamming and counter-jamming equipment;
          • Frequency agile tubes;
          • Electronic systems or equipment, designed either for surveillance and monitoring of the electro-magnetic spectrum for military intelligence or security purposes or for counteracting such surveillance and monitoring;
          • Underwater countermeasures, including acoustic and magnetic jamming and decoy, equipment designed to introduce extraneous or erroneous signals into sonar receivers;
          • Data processing security equipment, data security equipment and transmission and signalling line security equipment, using ciphering processes;
          • Identification, authentification and keyloader equipment and key management, manufacturing and distribution equipment;
          • Guidance and navigation equipment;
          • Digital troposcatter-radio communications transmission equipment;
          • Digital demodulators specially designed for signals intelligence;
          • "Automated Command and Control Systems".

            N.B.:
            For "software" associated with military "Software" Defined Radio (SDR), see 2-21.
        • “Satellite navigation system” jamming equipment and specially designed components therefor;
        • “Spacecraft” specially designed or modified for military use, and “spacecraft” components specially designed for military use.

2-12. High velocity kinetic energy weapon systems and related equipment, as follows, and specially designed components therefor:

        • Kinetic energy weapon systems specially designed for destruction or effecting mission-abort of a target;
        • Specially designed test and evaluation facilities and test models, including diagnostic instrumentation and targets, for dynamic testing of kinetic energy projectiles and systems.

N.B.:

For weapon systems using sub-calibre ammunition or employing solely chemical propulsion, and ammunition therefor, see 2-1. to 2-4.

Note 1:

2-12. includes the following when specially designed for kinetic energy weapon systems:

        • Launch propulsion systems capable of accelerating masses larger than 0.1 g to velocities in excess of 1.6 km/s, in single or rapid fire modes;
        • Prime power generation, electric armour, energy storage (e.g., high energy storage capacitors), thermal management, conditioning, switching or fuel-handling equipment; and electrical interfaces between power supply, gun and other turret electric drive functions;

          N.B.:
          See also 1-3.A.1.e.2. on the Dual-Use List for high energy storage capacitors.
        • Target acquisition, tracking, fire control or damage assessment systems;
        • Homing seeker, guidance or divert propulsion (lateral acceleration) systems for projectiles.

Note 2:
2-12. applies to weapon systems using any of the following methods of propulsion:

        • Electromagnetic;
        • Electrothermal;
        • Plasma;
        • Light gas; or
        • Chemical (when used in combination with any of the above).

2-13. Armoured or protective equipment, constructions, components, and accessories, as follows:

        • Metallic or non-metallic armoured plate, having any of the following:
          • 1. Manufactured to comply with a military standard or specification; or
          • 2. Suitable for military use;

          N.B.:
          For body armour plates, see 2-13.d.2.

        • Constructions of metallic or non-metallic materials, or combinations thereof, specially designed to provide ballistic protection for military systems, and specially designed components therefor;
        • Helmets and specially designed components and accessories therefor, as follows:
            1. Helmets manufactured according to military standards or specifications, or comparable national standards;
            2. Shells, liners, or comfort pads, specially designed for helmets specified in 2-13.c.1.;
            3. Add-on ballistic protection elements, specially designed for helmets specified in 2-13.c.1.

            N.B.:
            For other military helmet components or accessories, see the relevant ML entry.

          1. Body armour or protective garments, and components therefor, as follows:
            • 1. Soft body armour or protective garments, manufactured to military standards or specifications, or to their equivalents, and specially designed components therefor;

              Note:
              For the purposes of 2-13.d.1., military standards or specifications include, at a minimum, specifications for fragmentation protection.
            • 2. Hard body armour plates providing ballistic protection equal to or greater than level III (NIJ 0101.06, July 2008 ), or “equivalent standards”.

            Note 1:
            2-13.b. includes materials specially designed to form explosive reactive armour or to construct military shelters.

            Note 2:
            2-13.c. does not apply to helmets, that meet all of the following:

            1. Were first manufactured before 1970; and
            2. Are neither designed or modified to accept, nor equipped with items specified by the Munitions List.

            Note 3:
            2-13.c. and 2-13.d. do not apply to helmets, body armour or protective garments, when accompanying their user for the user's own personal protection.

            Note 4:
            The only helmets specially designed for bomb disposal personnel that are specified by 2-13.c are those specially designed for military use.

            N.B. 1:
            See also entry 1-1.A.5. on the Dual-Use List.

            N.B. 2:
            For "fibrous or filamentary materials" used in the manufacture of body armour and helmets, see entry 1-1.C.10. on the Dual-Use List.

    2-14. 'Specialised equipment for military training' or for simulating military scenarios, simulators specially designed for training in the use of any firearm or weapon specified by 2-1. or 2-2., and specially designed components and accessories therefor.

    Technical Note:
    The term 'specialised equipment for military training' includes military types of attack trainers, operational flight trainers, radar target trainers, radar target generators, gunnery training devices, anti-submarine warfare trainers, flight simulators (including human-rated centrifuges for pilot/astronaut training), radar trainers, instrument flight trainers, navigation trainers, missile launch trainers, target equipment, drone "aircraft", armament trainers, pilotless "aircraft" trainers, mobile training units and training equipment for ground military operations.

    Note 1:
    2-14. includes image generating and interactive environment systems for simulators, when specially designed or modified for military use.

    Note 2:
    2-14. does not apply to equipment specially designed for training in the use of hunting or sporting weapons.

    2-15. Imaging or countermeasure equipment, as follows, specially designed for military use, and specially designed components and accessories therefor:

          • Recorders and image processing equipment;
          • Cameras, photographic equipment and film processing equipment;
          • Image intensifier equipment;
          • Infrared or thermal imaging equipment;
          • Imaging radar sensor equipment;
          • Countermeasure or counter-countermeasure equipment, for the equipment specified by 2-15.a. to 2-15.e.

    Note:
    2-15.f. includes equipment designed to degrade the operation or effectiveness of military imaging systems or to minimise such degrading effects.

    Note :
    2-15. does not apply to "first generation image intensifier tubes" or equipment specially designed to incorporate "first generation image intensifier tubes".

    N.B.:
    For the classification of weapons sights incorporating "first generation image intensifier tubes" see 2-1., 2-2. and 2-5.a.

    N.B.:
    See also 1-6.A.2.a.2. and 1-6.A.2.b. on the Dual-Use List.

    2-16. Forgings, castings and other unfinished products, specially designed for items specified by 2-1.to 2-4., 2-6., 2-9., 2-10., 2-12. or 2-19.

    Note:
    2-16. applies to unfinished products when they are identifiable by material composition, geometry or function.

    2-17. Miscellaneous equipment, materials and “libraries”, as follows, and specially designed components therefor:

          • Diving and underwater swimming apparatus, specially designed or modified for military use, as follows:
            • 1. Self-contained diving rebreathers, closed or semi-closed circuit ;
            • 2. Underwater swimming apparatus specially designed for use with the diving apparatus specified in 2-17.a.1.;

              N.B.:
              See also 1-8.A.2.q. on the Dual-Use List.
          • Construction equipment specially designed for military use;
          • Fittings, coatings and treatments, for signature suppression, specially designed for military use;
          • Field engineer equipment specially designed for use in a combat zone;
          • "Robots", "robot" controllers and "robot" "end-effectors", having any of the following characteristics:
            • 1. Specially designed for military use;
            • 2. Incorporating means of protecting hydraulic lines against externally induced punctures caused by ballistic fragments (e.g., incorporating self-sealing lines) and designed to use hydraulic fluids with flash points higher than 839 K (566° C); or
            • 3. Specially designed or rated for operating in an electro-magnetic pulse (EMP) environment;

              Technical Note:
              Electro-magnetic pulse does not refer to unintentional interference caused by electromagnetic radiation from nearby equipment (e.g., machinery, appliances or electronics) or lightning.
          • “Libraries” specially designed or modified for military use with systems, equipment or components specified by the Munitions List;
          • Nuclear power generating equipment or propulsion equipment, not specified elsewhere, specially designed for military use and components therefor specially designed or ‘modified’ for military use;

            Note:
            2-17.g. includes “nuclear reactors”.

          • Equipment and material, coated or treated for signature suppression, specially designed for military use, not specified elsewhere in the Munitions List;
          • Simulators specially designed for military "nuclear reactors";
          • Mobile repair shops specially designed or 'modified' to service military equipment;
          • Field generators specially designed or 'modified' for military use;
          • ISO intermodal containers or demountable vehicle bodies (i.e., swap bodies), specially designed or ‘modified’ for military use;
          • Ferries, not specified elsewhere in the Munitions List, bridges and pontoons, specially designed for military use;
          • Test models specially designed for the "development" of items specified by 2-4., 2-6., 2-9. or 2-10.;
          • “Laser” protection equipment (e.g., eye or sensor protection) specially designed for military use;
          • "Fuel cells", not specified elsewhere in the Munitions List, specially designed or 'modified' for military use.

    Technical Note:

          • 1. Not used since 2014
          • 2. For the purpose of 2-17., 'modified' means any structural, electrical, mechanical, or other change that provides a non-military item with military capabilities equivalent to an item which is specially designed for military use.

    2-18. ‘Production’ equipment, environmental test facilities and components, as follows:

          • Specially designed or modified 'production' equipment for the 'production' of products specified by the Munitions List, and specially designed components therefor;
          • Specially designed environmental test facilities and specially designed equipment therefor, not specified elsewhere, for the certification, qualification or testing of products specified by the Munitions List.

    Technical Note:
    For the purposes of 2-18., the term 'production' includes design, examination, manufacture, testing and checking.

    Note:
    2-18.a. and 2-18.b. include the following equipment:

          • Continuous nitrators;
          • Centrifugal testing apparatus or equipment, having any of the following:
            • 1. Driven by a motor or motors having a total rated horsepower of more than 298 kW (400 hp);
            • 2. Capable of carrying a payload of 113 kg or more; or
            • 3. Capable of exerting a centrifugal acceleration of 8 g or more on a payload of 91 kg or more;
          • Dehydration presses;
          • Screw extruders specially designed or modified for military "explosive" extrusion;
          • Cutting machines for the sizing of extruded "propellants";
          • Sweetie barrels (tumblers) 1.85 m or more in diameter and having over 227 kg product capacity;
          • Continuous mixers for solid "propellants";
          • Fluid energy mills for grinding or milling the ingredients of military "explosives";
          • Equipment to achieve both sphericity and uniform particle size in metal powder listed in 2-8.c.8.;
          • Convection current converters for the conversion of materials listed in 2-8.c.3.

    2-19. Directed Energy Weapon (DEW) systems, related or countermeasure equipment and test models, as follows, and specially designed components therefor:

          • "Laser" systems specially designed for destruction or effecting mission-abort of a target;
          • Particle beam systems capable of destruction or effecting mission-abort of a target;
          • High power Radio-Frequency (RF) systems capable of destruction or effecting mission-abort of a target;
          • Equipment specially designed for the detection or identification of, or defence against, systems specified by 2-19.a. to 2-19.c.;
          • Physical test models for the systems, equipment and components, specified by 2-19.;
          • "Laser" systems, specially designed to cause permanent blindness to unenhanced vision, i.e., to the naked eye or to the eye with corrective eyesight devices.

    Note 1:
    EW systems specified by 2-19. include systems whose capability is derived from the controlled application of:

          • "Lasers" of sufficient power to effect destruction similar to the manner of conventional ammunition;
          • Particle accelerators which project a charged or neutral particle beam with destructive power;
          • High pulsed power or high average power radio frequency beam transmitters, which produce fields sufficiently intense to disable electronic circuitry at a distant target.

    Note 2:
    2-19. includes the following when specially designed for DEW:

          • Prime power generation, energy storage, switching, power conditioning or fuel-handling equipment;
          • Target acquisition or tracking systems;
          • Systems capable of assessing target damage, destruction or mission-abort;
          • Beam-handling, propagation or pointing equipment;
          • Equipment with rapid beam slew capability for rapid multiple target operations;
          • Adaptive optics and phase conjugators;
          • Current injectors for negative hydrogen ion beams;
          • "Space-qualified" accelerator components;
          • Negative ion beam funnelling equipment;
          • Equipment for controlling and slewing a high energy ion beam;
          • "Space qualified" foils for neutralising negative hydrogen isotope beams.

    2-20. Cryogenic and "superconductive" equipment, as follows, and specially designed components and accessories therefor:

          • Equipment specially designed or configured to be installed in a vehicle for military ground, marine, airborne or space applications, capable of operating while in motion and of producing or maintaining temperatures below 103 K (-170° C);

            Note:
            2-20.a. includes mobile systems incorporating or employing accessories or components manufactured from non-metallic or non-electrical conductive materials, such as plastics or epoxy-impregnated materials.
          • "Superconductive" electrical equipment (rotating machinery or transformers) specially designed or configured to be installed in a vehicle for military ground, marine, airborne or space applications and capable of operating while in motion.

            Note:
            2-20.b. does not apply to direct-current hybrid homopolar generators that have single-pole normal metal armatures which rotate in a magnetic field produced by superconducting windings, provided those windings are the only superconducting components in the generator.

    2-21. "Software" as follows:

          • “Software” specially designed or modified for any of the following:
            • 1. “Development”, “production”, operation or maintenance of equipment specified by the Munitions List;
            • 2. “Development” or “production” of materials specified by the Munitions List; or
            • 3. “Development”, “production”, operation or maintenance of “software” specified by the Munitions List.
          • Specific "software", other than that specified by 2-21.a., as follows:
            • 1. "Software" specially designed for military use and specially designed for modelling, simulating or evaluating military weapon systems;
            • 2. "Software" specially designed for military use and specially designed for modelling or simulating military operational scenarios;
            • 3. "Software" for determining the effects of conventional, nuclear, chemical or biological weapons;
            • 4. "Software" specially designed for military use and specially designed for Command, Communications, Control and Intelligence (C3I) or Command, Communications, Control, Computer and Intelligence (C4I) applications;
            • 5. “Software” specially designed or modified for the conduct of military offensive cyber operations;

              Note 1:
              2-21.b.5. includes “software” designed to destroy, damage, degrade or disrupt systems, equipment or “software”, specified by the Munitions List, cyber reconnaissance and cyber command and control “software”, therefor.

              Note 2:
              2-21.b.5. does not apply to “vulnerability disclosure” or to “cyber incident response”, limited to non-military defensive cybersecurity readiness or response.
          • "Software", not specified by 2-21.a. or 2-21.b., specially designed or modified to enable equipment not specified by the Munitions List to perform the military functions of equipment specified by the Munitions List.

            N.B.:
            See systems, equipment or components specified by the Munitions List for general purpose “digital computers” with installed “software” specified by 2-21.c.

    2-22. "Technology" as follows:

          • “Technology”, other than specified in 2-22.b., which is “required” for the “development”, “production”, operation, installation, maintenance (checking), repair, overhaul or refurbishing of items specified by the Munitions List;
          • "Technology" as follows:
            • 1. "Technology" "required" for the design of, the assembly of components into, and the operation, maintenance and repair of, complete production installations for items specified by the Munitions List, even if the components of such production installations are not specified;
            • 2. "Technology" "required" for the "development" and "production" of small arms, even if used to produce reproductions of antique small arms;
            • 3. Not used since 2013

              N.B.:
              See 2-22.a. for “technology” previously specified by 2-22.b.3.
            • 4. Not used since 2013

              N.B.:
              See 2-22.a. for “technology” previously specified by 2-22.b.4.
            • 5. "Technology" "required" exclusively for the incorporation of "biocatalysts", specified by 2-7.i.1., into military carrier substances or military material.

    Note 1:
    “Technology” “required” for the “development”, “production”, operation, installation, maintenance (checking), repair, overhaul or refurbishing of items specified by the Munitions List remains under control even when applicable to any item not specified by the Munitions List.

    Note 2:
    2-22. does not apply to:

          • “Technology” that is the minimum necessary for the installation, operation, maintenance (checking) or repair, of those items which are not controlled or whose export has been authorised;
          • "Technology" that is "in the public domain", "basic scientific research" or the minimum necessary information for patent applications;
          • "Technology" for magnetic induction for continuous propulsion of civil transport devices.

    Definitions Of Terms Used In Groups 1 And 2

    This document contains the definitions of the terms used in Groups 1 and 2, in alphabetical order.

    Note 1: Definitions apply throughout Groups 1 and 2. The references are purely advisory and have no effect on the universal application of defined terms throughout Groups 1 and 2.

    Note 2: Words and terms contained in the List of Definitions only take the defined meaning where this is indicated by their being enclosed in quotations marks (" "). Elsewhere, words and terms take their commonly accepted (dictionary) meanings, unless a local definition for a particular control is given.

    "Accuracy" - Cat 2, cat 3, cat 6, cat 7, cat 8
    (Usually measured in terms of inaccuracy) is the maximum deviation, positive or negative, of an indicated value from an accepted standard or true value.
    "Active flight control systems" - Cat 7
    Function to prevent undesirable "aircraft" and missile motions or structural loads by autonomously processing outputs from multiple sensors and then providing necessary preventive commands to effect automatic control.
    "Active pixel" - Cat 6
    A minimum (single) element of the solid state array which has a photoelectric transfer function when exposed to light (electromagnetic) radiation.
    "Additives" - 2-8
    Substances used in explosive formulations to improve their properties.
    "Aircraft" - Cat 1,cat 6, cat 7, cat 9, 2-8, 2-10, 2-14
    A fixed wing, swivel wing, rotary wing (helicopter), tilt rotor or tilt-wing airborne vehicle.
    “Airship” - Cat 9
    A power-driven airborne vehicle that is kept buoyant by a body of gas (usually helium, formerly hydrogen) which is lighter than air.
    "All compensations available" - Cat 2
    "All compensations available" means after all feasible measures available to the manufacturer to minimise all systematic positioning errors for the particular machine-tool model or measuring errors for the particular coordinate measuring machine are considered.
    "Allocated by the ITU" - Cat 3, cat 5P1
    The allocation of frequency bands according to the current edition of the ITU Radio Regulations for primary, permitted and secondary services.
    N.B.: Additional and alternative allocations are not included.
    "Angle random walk" - Cat 7
    The angular error build up with time that is due to white noise in angular rate. (IEEE STD 528-2001 ).
    "Asymmetric algorithm" - Cat 5P2
    A cryptographic algorithm using different, mathematically-related keys for encryption and decryption.
    Technical Note:
    A common use of "asymmetric algorithms" is key management.
    “Authentication” - Cat 5P2
    Verifying the identity of a user, process or device, often as a prerequisite to allowing access to resources in an information system. This includes verifying the origin or content of a message or other information, and all aspects of access control where there is no encryption of files or text except as directly related to the protection of passwords, Personal Identification Numbers (PINs) or similar data to prevent unauthorized access.
    "Automated Command and Control Systems" - 2-11
    Electronic systems, through which information essential to the effective operation of the grouping, major formation, tactical formation, unit, ship, subunit or weapons under command is entered, processed and transmitted. This is achieved by the use of computer and other specialised hardware designed to support the functions of a military command and control organisation. The main functions of an automated command and control system are: the efficient automated collection, accumulation, storage and processing of information; the display of the situation and the circumstances affecting the preparation and conduct of combat operations; operational and tactical calculations for the allocation of resources among force groupings or elements of the operational order of battle or battle deployment according to the mission or stage of the operation; the preparation of data for appreciation of the situation and decision-making at any point during operation or battle; computer simulation of operations.
    "Average output power" - Cat 6
    The total “laser” output energy, in joules, divided by the period over which a series of consecutive pulses is emitted, in seconds. For a series of uniformly spaced pulses it is equal to the total “laser” output energy in a single pulse, in joules, multiplied by the pulse frequency of the “laser”, in Hertz.
    "Basic gate propagation delay time" - Cat 3
    The propagation delay time value corresponding to the basic gate used in a "monolithic integrated circuit". For a 'family' of "monolithic integrated circuits", this may be specified either as the propagation delay time per typical gate within the given 'family' or as the typical propagation delay time per gate within the given 'family'.

    Technical Notes:

    • 1. "Basic gate propagation delay time" is not to be confused with the input/output delay time of a complex "monolithic integrated circuit".
    • 2. 'Family' consists of all integrated circuits to which all of the following are applied as their manufacturing methodology and specifications except their respective functions:
      • The common hardware and software architecture;
      • The common design and process technology; and
      • The common basic characteristics.
    "Basic scientific research" - General Technology Note, 2-22
    Experimental or theoretical work undertaken principally to acquire new knowledge of the fundamental principles of phenomena or observable facts, not primarily directed towards a specific practical aim or objective.
    "Bias" (accelerometer) - Cat 7
    The average over a specified time of accelerometer output, measured at specified operating conditions that has no correlation with input acceleration or rotation. "Bias" is expressed in g or in metres per second2 (g or m/s2). (IEEE Std 528-2001) (Micro g equals 1 x 10-6 g).
    "Bias" (gyro) - Cat 7
    The average over a specified time of gyro output measured at specified operating conditions that has no correlation with input rotation or acceleration. "Bias" is typically expressed in degrees per hour (deg/hr). (IEEE Std 528-2001).
    "Biocatalysts" - 2-7, 2-22
    ‘Enzymes’ for specific chemical or biochemical reactions or other biological compounds which bind to and accelerate the degradation of CW agents.

    Technical Note:
    'Enzymes' means "biocatalysts" for specific chemical or biochemical reactions.
    “Biological agents” - Cat 1, 2-7
    Pathogens or toxins, selected or modified (such as altering purity, shelf life, virulence, dissemination characteristics, or resistance to UV radiation) to produce casualties in humans or animals, degrade equipment or damage crops or the environment.
    "Biopolymers" - 2-7
    Biological macromolecules as follows:
    • Enzymes for specific chemical or biochemical reactions;
    • Anti-idiotypic, monoclonal, polyclonal‘Anti-idiotypic’, ‘monoclonal’, or anti-idiotypic‘polyclonal’ ‘antibodies’;
    • Specially designed or specially processed 'receptors';

      Technical Notes:
      • 1. 'Anti-idiotypic antibodies' means antibodies which bind to the specific antigen binding sites of other antibodies;
      • 2. 'Monoclonal antibodies' means proteins which bind to one antigenic site and are produced by a single clone of cells;
      • 3. 'Polyclonal antibodies' means a mixture of proteins which bind to the specific antigen and are produced by more than one clone of cells;
      • 4. 'Receptors' means biological macromolecular structures capable of binding ligands, the binding of which affects physiological functions.
    "Camming" (axial displacement) - Cat 2
    Axial displacement in one revolution of the main spindle measured in a plane perpendicular to the spindle faceplate, at a point next to the circumference of the spindle faceplate (Reference: ISO 230/1 1986, paragraph 5.63).
    "Chemical Laser" - Cat 6
    A"laser" in which the excited species is produced by the output energy from a chemical reaction.
    "Circuit element" - Definitions
    A single active or passive functional part of an electronic circuit, such as one diode, one transistor, one resistor, one capacitor, etc.
    “Circular Error Probable” (“CEP”) - Cat 7
    In a circular normal distribution, the radius of the circle containing 50% of the individual measurements being made, or the radius of the circle within which there is a 50% probability of being located.
    "Circulation-controlled anti-torque or circulation-controlled direction control systems" - Cat 7
    Control systems using air blown over aerodynamic surfaces to increase or control the forces generated by the surfaces.
    “Civil aircraft” - Cat 1, cat 3, cat 4, cat 7, 2-4, 2-10
    Those “aircraft” listed by designation in published airworthiness certification lists by civil aviation authorities of one or more Wassenaar Arrangement Participating States to fly commercial civil internal and external routes or for legitimate civil, private or business use.
    "Communications channel controller" - Cat 4
    The physical interface which controls the flow of synchronous or asynchronous digital information. It is an assembly that can be integrated into computer or telecommunications equipment to provide communications access.
    "Compensation systems" - Cat 6
    Consist of the primary scalar sensor, one or more reference sensors (e.g. vector magnetometers) together with software that permit reduction of the rigid body rotation noise of the platform.
    "Composite" - Cat 1, cat 2, cat 6, cat 8, cat 9
    A"matrix" and an additional phase or additional phases consisting of particles, whiskers, fibres or any combination thereof, present for a specific purpose or purposes.
    "III/V compounds" - Cat 3, cat 6
    Polycrystalline or binary or complex monocrystalline products consisting of elements of groups IIIA and VA of Mendeleyev's periodic classification table (e.g., gallium arsenide, gallium-aluminium arsenide, indium phosphide).
    "Contouring control" - Cat 2
    Two or more "numerically controlled" motions operating in accordance with instructions that specify the next required position and the required feed rates to that position. These feed rates are varied in relation to each other so that a desired contour is generated (Ref. ISO/DIS 2806 - 1980).
    "Critical temperature" - Cat 1, cat 3, cat 5P1
    (Sometimes referred to as the transition temperature) of a specific "superconductive" material is the temperature at which the material loses all resistance to the flow of direct electrical current.
    "Cryptographic activation" - Cat 5P2
    Any technique that specifically activates or enables cryptographic capability of an item, by means of a mechanism implemented by the manufacturer of the item, where this mechanism is uniquely bound to any of the following:
    • 1. A single instance of the item; or
    • 2. One customer, for multiple instances of the item.

    Technical Note:
    1. "Cryptographic activation" techniques and mechanisms may be implemented as hardware, "software" or "technology".
    2. Mechanisms for “cryptographic activation” can, for example, be serial number-based licence keys or authentication instruments such as digitally signed certificates.
    "Cryptography" - Cat 5P2
    The discipline which embodies principles, means and methods for the transformation of data in order to hide its information content, prevent its undetected modification or prevent its unauthorized use. “Cryptography” is limited to the transformation of information using one or more ‘secret parameters’ (e.g., crypto variables) or associated key management.

    Notes:
    1. “Cryptography” does not include ‘fixed’ data compression or coding techniques.
    2. “Cryptography” includes decryption.

    Technical Notes:
    1. 'Secret parameter': a constant or key kept from the knowledge of others or shared only within a group.
    2. ‘Fixed’: the coding or compression algorithm cannot accept externally supplied parameters (e.g., cryptographic or key variables) and cannot be modified by the user.
    “CW Laser” - Cat 4, 2-21
    A “laser” that produces a nominally constant output energy for greater than 0.25 seconds.
    “Cyber incident response” - Cat 4, 2-21
    The process of exchanging necessary information on a cybersecurity incident with individuals or organisations responsible for conducting or coordinating remediation to address the cybersecurity incident.
    "Data-Based Referenced Navigation" ("DBRN") Systems - Cat 7
    Systems which use various sources of previously measured geo-mapping data integrated to provide accurate navigation information under dynamic conditions. Data sources include bathymetric maps, stellar maps, gravity maps, magnetic maps or 3-D digital terrain maps.
    "Development" - General Technology Note, Both Lists
    Is related to all stages prior to serial production, such as: design, design research, design analyses, design concepts, assembly and testing of prototypes, pilot production schemes, design data, process of transforming design data into a product, configuration design, integration design, layouts.
    "Diffusion bonding" - Cat 1, cat 2
    A solid state joining of at least two separate pieces of metals into a single piece with a joint strength equivalent to that of the weakest material, wherein the principal mechanism is interdiffusion of atoms across the interface.
    "Digital computer" - Cat 4, cat 5P1, 2-21
    Equipment which can, in the form of one or more discrete variables, perform all of the following:
    • Accept data;
    • Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writable) storage devices;
    • Process data by means of a stored sequence of instructions which is modifiable; and
    • Provide output of data.

    Technical Note:
    Modifications of a stored sequence of instructions include replacement of fixed storage devices, but not a physical change in wiring or interconnections.

    "Digital transfer rate" - Definitions
    The total bit rate of the information that is directly transferred on any type of medium. (See also "total digital transfer rate").
    "Discrete component" - Definitions
    A separately packaged "circuit element" with its own external connections.
    "Electronic assembly" - Cat 2, cat 3, cat 4
    A number of electronic components (i.e., "circuit elements", "discrete components", integrated circuits, etc.) connected together to perform (a) specific function(s), replaceable as an entity and normally capable of being disassembled.
    "End-effectors" - Cat 2, 2-17
    Grippers, active tooling units' and any other tooling that is attached to the baseplate on the end of a "robot" manipulator arm.

    Technical Note:
    'Active tooling units' are devices for applying motive power, process energy or sensing to a workpiece.

    "Energetic materials" - Cat 1, 2-8
    Substances or mixtures that react chemically to release energy required for their intended application. "Explosives", "pyrotechnics" and "propellants" are subclasses of energetic materials.
    "Equivalent Density" - Cat 6
    The mass of an optic per unit optical area projected onto the optical surface.
    “Equivalent standards” - Cat 1, 2-6, 2-13
    Comparable national or international standards recognised by one or more Wassenaar Arrangement Participating States and applicable to the relevant entry.
    "Explosives" - Cat 1, 2-8, 2-18,
    Solid, liquid or gaseous substances or mixtures of substances which, in their application as primary, booster, or main charges in warheads, demolition and other applications, are required to detonate.
    "Expression Vectors" - 2-7
    Carriers (e.g., plasmid or virus) used to introduce genetic material into host cells.
    "FADEC Systems" - Cat 9
    Full Authority Digital Engine Control Systems - A digital electronic control system for a gas turbine engine that is able to autonomously control the engine throughout its whole operating range from demanded engine start until demanded engine shut-down, in both normal and fault conditions.
    "Fibrous or filamentary materials" - Cat 1, cat 8, cat 9, 2-13
    Include:
    • Continuous monofilaments;
    • Continuous yarns and rovings;
    • Tapes, fabrics, random mats and braids;
    • Chopped fibres, staple fibres and coherent fibre blankets;
    • Whiskers, either monocrystalline or polycrystalline, of any length;
    • Aromatic polyamide pulp.
    "Film type integrated circuit" - Cat 3
    An array of "circuit elements" and metallic interconnections formed by deposition of a thick or thin film on an insulating "substrate".
    "First generation image intensifier tubes" - 2-15
    Electrostatically focused tubes, employing input and output fibre optic or glass face plates, multi-alkali photocathodes (S-20 or S-25), but not microchannel plate amplifiers.
    “Fly-by-light system” - Cat 7
    A primary digital flight control system employing feedback to control the aircraft during flight, where the commands to the effectors/actuators are optical signals.
    “Fly-by-wire system” - Cat 7
    A primary digital flight control system employing feedback to control the aircraft during flight, where the commands to the effectors/actuators are electrical signals.
    "Focal plane array" - Cat 6, cat 8
    A linear or two-dimensional planar layer, or combination of planar layers, of individual detector elements, with or without readout electronics, which work in the focal plane.

    Note: This definition does not include a stack of single detector elements or any two, three or four element detectors provided time delay and integration is not performed within the element.

    "Fractional bandwidth" - Cat 3, cat 5P1, cat 5P2
    The "instantaneous bandwidth" divided by the centre frequency, expressed as a percentage.
    "Frequency hopping" - Cat 5P1, cat 5P2, cat 6
    A form of "spread spectrum" in which the transmission frequency of a single communication channel is made to change by a random or pseudo-random sequence of discrete steps.
    "Frequency switching time" - Cat 3
    The time (i.e., delay) taken by a signal when switched from an initial specified output frequency, to arrive at or within any of the following:
    • ±100 Hz of a final specified output frequency of less than ±1 GHz; or
    • ±0.1 part per million of a final specified output frequency equal to or greater than 1 GHz.
    "Fuel cell" - Cat 8, 2-17
    An electrochemical device that converts chemical energy directly into Direct Current (DC) electricity by consuming fuel from an external source.
    "Fusible" - Cat 1
    Capable of being cross-linked or polymerized further (cured) by the use of heat, radiation, catalysts, etc., or that can be melted without pyrolysis (charring).
    “Gate-All-Around Field-Effect Transistor” (“GAAFET”) - Cat 3
    A device having a single or multiple semiconductor conduction channel element(s) with a common gate structure that surrounds and controls current in all of the semiconductor conduction channel elements.

    Note: This definition includes nanosheet or nanowire field-effect and surrounding gate transistors and other “GAAFET” semiconductor channel element structures

    “Hard selectors” - Cat 5P1
    Data or set of data, related to an individual (e.g., family name, given name, e-mail, street address, phone number or group affiliations).
    "Hybrid integrated circuit" - Cat 3
    Any combination of integrated circuit(s), or integrated circuit with "circuit elements" or "discrete components" connected together to perform (a) specific function(s), and having all of the following characteristics:
    • Containing at least one unencapsulated device;
    • Connected together using typical IC production methods;
    • Replaceable as an entity; and
    • Not normally capable of being disassembled.
    "Image enhancement" - Cat 4
    The processing of externally derived information-bearing images by algorithms such as time compression, filtering, extraction, selection, correlation, convolution or transformations between domains (e.g., fast Fourier transform or Walsh transform). This does not include algorithms using only linear or rotational transformation of a single image, such as translation, feature extraction, registration or false coloration.
    “Information security” - General Software Note, General Information Security Note, Cat 5P2
    All the means and functions ensuring the accessibility, confidentiality or integrity of information or communications, excluding the means and functions intended to safeguard against malfunctions. This includes "cryptography", "cryptographic activation", "cryptanalysis", protection against compromising emanations and computer security.

    Technical Note:

    'Cryptanalysis': the analysis of a cryptographic system or its inputs and outputs to derive confidential variables or sensitive data, including clear text. (ISO 7498-2-1988 (E), paragraph 3.3.18).

    "Instantaneous bandwidth" - Cat 3, cat 5P1
    The bandwidth over which output power remains constant within 3 dB without adjustment of other operating parameters.
    “Interleaved Analogue-to-Digital Converter (ADC)” – Cat 3
    Devices that have multiple ADC units that sample the same analogue input at different times such that when the outputs are aggregated, the analogue input has been effectively sampled and converted at a higher sampling rate.
    “In the public domain” - General Technology Note, General Software Note, 2-22
    This means "technology" or "software" which has been made available without restrictions upon its further dissemination.

    Note:
    Copyright restrictions do not remove "technology" or "software" from being “In the public domain”.

    "Intrinsic magnetic gradiometer" - Cat 6
    A single magnetic field gradient sensing element and associated electronics the output of which is a measure of magnetic field gradient.
    “Intrusion software” - Cat 4, cat 5P2
    “Software” specially designed or modified to avoid detection by ‘monitoring tools’, or to defeat ‘protective countermeasures’, of a computer or network-capable device, and performing any of the following:
    • The extraction of data or information, from a computer or network-capable device, or the modification of system or user data; or
    • The modification of the standard execution path of a program or process in order to allow the execution of externally provided instructions.

    Notes:
    1. “Intrusion software” does not include any of the following:

    • Hypervisors, debuggers or Software Reverse Engineering (SRE) tools;
    • Digital Rights Management (DRM) “software”; or
    • “Software” designed to be installed by manufacturers, administrators or users, for the purposes of asset tracking or recovery.

    2. Network-capable devices include mobile devices and smart meters.

    Technical Notes:
    1. ‘Monitoring tools’: “software” or hardware devices, that monitor system behaviours or processes running on a device. This includes antivirus (AV) products, end point security products, Personal Security Products (PSP), Intrusion Detection Systems (IDS), Intrusion Prevention Systems (IPS) or firewalls.
    2. ‘Protective countermeasures’: techniques designed to ensure the safe execution of code, such as Data Execution Prevention (DEP), Address Space Layout Randomisation (ASLR) or sandboxing.

    "Isostatic presses" - Cat 2
    Equipment capable of pressurising a closed cavity through various media (gas, liquid, solid particles, etc.) to create equal pressure in all directions within the cavity upon a workpiece or material.
    "Laser" - Cat 1, cat 2, cat 3, cat 5P1, cat 6, cat 7, cat 8, cat 9, 2-9, 2-19
    An item that produces spatially and temporally coherent light through amplification by stimulated emission of radiation.
    “Library” (parametric technical database) - Cat 1, 2-17
    A collection of technical information, reference to which may enhance the performance of relevant systems, equipment or components.
    "Lighter-than-air vehicles" 2-10
    Balloons and “airships” that rely on hot air or on lighter-than-air gases such as helium or hydrogen for their lift.
    "Local area network" - Cat 4, cat 5P1
    A data communication system having all of the following characteristics:
    • Allows an arbitrary number of independent 'data devices' to communicate directly with each other; and
    • Is confined to a geographical area of moderate size (e.g., office building, plant, campus, warehouse).

    Technical Note:
    'Data device' means equipment capable of transmitting or receiving sequences of digital information.

    "Magnetic gradiometers" - Cat 6
    Are designed to detect the spatial variation of magnetic fields from sources external to the instrument. They consist of multiple "magnetometers" and associated electronics the output of which is a measure of magnetic field gradient. (See also "Intrinsic Magnetic Gradiometer")
    "Magnetometers" - Cat 6
    Are designed to detect magnetic fields from sources external to the instrument. They consist of a single magnetic field sensing element and associated electronics the output of which is a measure of the magnetic field.
    "Matrix" - Cat 1, cat 2, cat 8, cat 9
    A substantially continuous phase that fills the space between particles, whiskers or fibres.
    "Measurement uncertainty" - Cat 2
    The characteristic parameter which specifies in what range around the output value the correct value of the measurable variable lies with a confidence level of 95%. It includes the uncorrected systematic deviations, the uncorrected backlash and the random deviations (Reference: ISO 10360-2).
    "Microcomputer microcircuit" - Cat 3
    A "monolithic integrated circuit" or "multichip integrated circuit" containing an arithmetic logic unit (ALU) capable of executing general purpose instructions from an internal storage, on data contained in the internal storage.

    Technical Note:
    The internal storage may be augmented by an external storage.

    "Microprocessor microcircuit" - Cat 3
    A "monolithic integrated circuit" or "multichip integrated circuit" containing an arithmetic logic unit (ALU) capable of executing a series of general purpose instructions from an external storage.

    Technical Note:
    The "microprocessor microcircuit" normally does not contain integral user-accessible storage, although storage present on-the-chip may be used in performing its logic function.

    Note: This definition includes chip sets which are designed to operate together to provide the function of a "microprocessor microcircuit".

    "Microprogram" - Definitions
    A sequence of elementary instructions maintained in a special storage, the execution of which is initiated by the introduction of its reference instruction into an instruction register.
    "Monolithic integrated circuit" - Cat 3
    A combination of passive or active "circuit elements" or both which:
    • Are formed by means of diffusion processes, implantation processes or deposition processes in or on a single semiconducting piece of material, a so-called 'chip';
    • Can be considered as indivisibly associated; and
    • Perform the function(s) of a circuit.
    “Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit” (“MMIC”) - Cat 3, cat 5P1
    A “monolithic integrated circuit” that operates at microwave or millimeter wave frequencies.
    "Monospectral imaging sensors" - Cat 6
    Are capable of acquisition of imaging data from one discrete spectral band.
    "Multichip integrated circuit" - Cat 3
    Two or more "monolithic integrated circuits" bonded to a common "substrate".
    “Multiple channel Analogue-to-Digital Converter (ADC)” – Cat 3
    Devices that integrate more than one ADC, designed so that each ADC has a separate analogue input.
    "Multispectral imaging sensors" - Cat 6
    Are capable of simultaneous or serial acquisition of imaging data from two or more discrete spectral bands. Sensors having more than twenty discrete spectral bands are sometimes referred to as hyperspectral imaging sensors.
    "Network access controller" - Cat 4
    A physical interface to a distributed switching network. It uses a common medium which operates throughout at the same "digital transfer rate" using arbitration (e.g., token or carrier sense) for transmission. Independently from any other, it selects data packets or data groups (e.g., IEEE 802) addressed to it. It is an assembly that can be integrated into computer or telecommunications equipment to provide communications access.
    "Nuclear reactor" - 2-17
    Includes the items within or attached directly to the reactor vessel, the equipment which controls the level of power in the core, and the components which normally contain or come into direct contact with or control the primary coolant of the reactor core.
    "Numerical control" - Cat 2
    The automatic control of a process performed by a device that makes use of numeric data usually introduced as the operation is in progress (Ref. ISO 2382).
    "Object code" - General Software Note
    An equipment executable form of a convenient expression of one or more processes ("source code" (or source language)) which has been compiled by a programming system.
    “Operations, Administration or Maintenance” (“OAM”) - Cat 5P2
    Means performing one or more of the following tasks:
    • a. Establishing or managing any of the following:
      • 1. Accounts or privileges of users or administrators;
      • 2. Settings of an item; or
      • 3. Authentication data in support of the tasks described in paragraphs a.1. or a.2.;
    • b. Monitoring or managing the operating condition or performance of an item; or
    • c. Managing logs or audit data in support of any of the tasks described in paragraphs a. or b.
      Note: “OAM” does not include any of the following tasks or their associated key management functions:
      • a. Provisioning or upgrading any cryptographic functionality that is not directly related to establishing or managing authentication data in support of the tasks described in paragraphs a.1. or a.2. above; or
      • b. Performing any cryptographic functionality on the forwarding or data plane of an item.
    "Optical integrated circuit" - Cat 3
    A "monolithic integrated circuit" or a "hybrid integrated circuit", containing one or more parts designed to function as a photosensor or photoemitter or to perform (an) optical or (an) electro-optical function(s).
    "Optical switching" - Cat 5P1
    The routing of or switching of signals in optical form without conversion to electrical signals.
    "Overall current density" - Cat 3
    The total number of ampere-turns in the coil (i.e., the sum of the number of turns multiplied by the maximum current carried by each turn) divided by the total cross-section of the coil (comprising the superconducting filaments, the metallic matrix in which the superconducting filaments are embedded, the encapsulating material, any cooling channels, etc.).
    "Peak power" - Cat 6
    The highest power attained in the "pulse duration".
    "Personal area network" - Cat 5P2
    A data communication system having all of the following characteristics:
    • Allows an arbitrary number of independent or interconnected 'data devices' to communicate directly with each other; and
    • Is confined to the communication between devices within the immediate physical vicinity of an individual person or device controller (e.g., single room, office or automobile ).
      Technical Notes:
      1. ‘Data device’ means equipment capable of transmitting or receiving sequences of digital information.
      2. The “local area network” extends beyond the geographical area of the “personal area network”.
    "Precursors" - 2-8
    Speciality chemicals used in the manufacture of explosives.
    "Principal element" - Cat 4
    An element is a "principal element" when its replacement value is more than 35% of the total value of the system of which it is an element. Element value is the price paid for the element by the manufacturer of the system, or by the system integrator. Total value is the normal international selling price to unrelated parties at the point of manufacture or consolidation of shipment.
    "Production" - General Technology Note, Both Lists
    Means all production stages, such as: product engineering, manufacture, integration, assembly (mounting), inspection, testing, quality assurance.
    "Program" - Cat 6
    A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or convertible into, a form executable by an electronic computer.
    "Propellants" - 2-8
    Substances or mixtures that react chemically to produce large volumes of hot gases at controlled rates to perform mechanical work.
    "Pulse compression" - Cat 6
    The coding and processing of a radar signal pulse of long time duration to one of short time duration, while maintaining the benefits of high pulse energy.
    "Pulse duration" - Cat 6
    Duration of a “laser” pulse is the time between the half-power points on the leading edge and trailing edge of an individual pulse.
    "Pulsed laser" - Cat 6
    A "laser" having a "pulse duration" that is less than or equal to 0.25 seconds.
    "Pyrotechnic(s)" - 2-4, 2-8
    Mixtures of solid or liquid fuels and oxidizers which, when ignited, undergo an energetic chemical reaction at a controlled rate intended to produce specific time delays, or quantities of heat, noise, smoke, visible light or infrared radiation. Pyrophorics are a subclass of pyrotechnics, which contain no oxidizers but ignite spontaneously on contact with air.
    "Quantum cryptography" - Cat 5P2
    A family of techniques for the establishment of a shared key for "cryptography" by measuring the quantum-mechanical properties of a physical system (including those physical properties explicitly governed by quantum optics, quantum field theory, or quantum electrodynamics).
    "Radar frequency agility" - Cat 6
    Any technique which changes, in a pseudo-random sequence, the carrier frequency of a pulsed radar transmitter between pulses or between groups of pulses by an amount equal to or larger than the pulse bandwidth.
    "Radar spread spectrum" - Cat 6
    Any modulation technique for spreading energy originating from a signal with a relatively narrow frequency band, over a much wider band of frequencies, by using random or pseudo-random coding.
    "Radiant sensitivity" - Cat 6
    Radiant sensitivity (mA/W) = 0.807 x (wavelength in nm) x Quantum Efficiency (QE).

    Technical Note:
    QE is usually expressed as a percentage; however, for the purposes of this formula
    QE is expressed as a decimal number less than one, e.g., 78% is 0.78.

    "Real-time processing" - Cat 6
    The processing of data by a computer system providing a required level of service, as a function of available resources, within a guaranteed response time, regardless of the load of the system, when stimulated by an external event.
    "Repeatability" - Cat 7
    The closeness of agreement among repeated measurements of the same variable under the same operating conditions when changes in conditions or non-operating periods occur between measurements. (Reference: IEEE STD 528-2001 (one sigma standard deviation))
    "Required" Cat 3, cat 5P1, cat 6, cat 7, cat 9, General Technology Note, 2-22
    As applied to "technology", refers to only that portion of "technology" which is peculiarly responsible for achieving or exceeding the controlled performance levels, characteristics or functions. Such "required" "technology" may be shared by different products.
    "Riot control agents" - Cat 1, 2-7
    Substances which, under the expected conditions of use for riot control purposes, produce rapidly in humans sensory irritation or disabling physical effects which disappear within a short time following termination of exposure. (Tear gases are a subset of "riot control agents".)
    "Robot" - Cat 2, cat 8, 2-17
    A manipulation mechanism, which may be of the continuous path or of the point-to-point variety, may use sensors, and has all the following characteristics:
    • Is multifunctional;
    • Is capable of positioning or orienting material, parts, tools or special devices through variable movements in three dimensional space;
    • Incorporates three or more closed or open loop servo-devices which may include stepping motors; and
    • Has "user-accessible programmability" by means of the teach/playback method or by means of an electronic computer which may be a programmable logic controller, i.e., without mechanical intervention.

    Note: The above definition does not include the following devices:

    • 1. Manipulation mechanisms which are only manually/tele-operator controllable;
    • 2. Fixed sequence manipulation mechanisms which are automated moving devices, operating according to mechanically fixed programmed motions. The programme is mechanically limited by fixed stops, such as pins or cams. The sequence of motions and the selection of paths or angles are not variable or changeable by mechanical, electronic or electrical means;
    • 3. Mechanically controlled variable sequence manipulation mechanisms which are automated moving devices, operating according to mechanically fixed programmed motions. The programme is mechanically limited by fixed, but adjustable stops, such as pins or cams. The sequence of motions and the selection of paths or angles are variable within the fixed programme pattern. Variations or modifications of the programme pattern (e.g., changes of pins or exchanges of cams) in one or more motion axes are accomplished only through mechanical operations;
    • 4. Non-servo-controlled variable sequence manipulation mechanisms which are automated moving devices, operating according to mechanically fixed programmed motions. The programme is variable but the sequence proceeds only by the binary signal from mechanically fixed electrical binary devices or adjustable stops;
    • 5. Stacker cranes defined as Cartesian coordinate manipulator systems manufactured as an integral part of a vertical array of storage bins and designed to access the contents of those bins for storage or retrieval.
    "Run-out" (out-of-true running) - Cat 2
    Radial displacement in one revolution of the main spindle measured in a plane perpendicular to the spindle axis at a point on the external or internal revolving surface to be tested (Reference: ISO 230/1-1986, paragraph 5.61).
    “Sample rate” - Cat 3
    For an Analogue-to-Digital Converter (ADC) the maximum number of samples that are measured at the analogue input over a period of one second, except for oversampling ADCs. For oversampling ADCs the “sample rate” is taken to be its output word rate. “Sample rate” may also be referred to as sampling rate, usually specified in Mega Samples Per Second (MSPS) or Giga Samples Per Second (GSPS), or conversion rate, usually specified in Hertz (Hz).
    “Satellite navigation system” Cat 5P2, cat 7, 2-11
    A system consisting of ground stations, a constellation of satellites, and receivers, that enables receiver locations to be calculated on the basis of signals received from the satellites. It includes Global Navigation Satellite Systems and Regional Navigation Satellite Systems.
    "Scale factor" (gyro or accelerometer) - Cat 7
    The ratio of change in output to a change in the input intended to be measured. Scale factor is generally evaluated as the slope of the straight line that can be fitted by the method of least squares to input-output data obtained by varying the input cyclically over the input range.
    "Settling time" - Cat 3
    The time required for the output to come within one-half bit of the final value when switching between any two levels of the converter.
    "Signal analysers" - Cat 3
    Apparatus capable of measuring and displaying basic properties of the single-frequency components of multi-frequency signals.
    "Signal processing" - Cat 3, cat 4, cat 5P1, cat 6
    The processing of externally derived information-bearing signals by algorithms such as time compression, filtering, extraction, selection, correlation, convolution or transformations between domains (e.g., fast Fourier transform or Walsh transform).
    "Software" - Both Lists
    A collection of one or more "programs" or "microprograms" fixed in any tangible medium of expression.
    "Source code" - Cat 6, cat 7, cat 9
    A convenient expression of one or more processes which may be turned by a programming system into equipment executable form ("object code" (or object language)).
    "Spacecraft" - Cat 9, 2-11
    Active and passive satellites and space probes.
    “Spacecraft bus” - Cat 9
    Equipment that provides the support infrastructure of the “spacecraft” and location for the “spacecraft payload”.
    “Spacecraft payload” - Cat 9
    Equipment, attached to the “spacecraft bus”, designed to perform a mission in space (e.g., communications, observation, science).
    "Space-qualified" - Cat 3, cat 6, cat 7, 2-19
    Designed, manufactured, or qualified through successful testing, for operation at altitudes greater than 100 km above the surface of the Earth.

    Note: A determination that a specific item is “space-qualified” by virtue of testing does not mean that other items in the same production run or model series are “space-qualified” if not individually tested.
    "Specific modulus" - Cat 1
    Young's modulus in pascals, equivalent to N/m2, divided by specific weight in N/m3, measured at a temperature of 296 ± 2 K (23 ± 2° C) and a relative humidity of (50 ± 5)%.
    "Specific tensile strength" - Cat 1
    Ultimate tensile strength in pascals, equivalent to N/m2, divided by specific weight in N/m3, measured at a temperature of 296 ± 2 K (23 ± 2° C) and a relative humidity of (50 ± 5)%.
    “Spinning mass gyros” - Cat 7
    “Spinning mass gyros” are gyros which use a continually rotating mass to sense angular motion.
    "Spread spectrum" - Cat 5P1, cat 5P2
    The technique whereby energy in a relatively narrow-band communication channel is spread over a much wider energy spectrum.
    "Spread spectrum" radar - see "Radar spread spectrum" - Cat 6
    "Stability" - Cat 7
    Standard deviation (1 sigma) of the variation of a particular parameter from its calibrated value measured under stable temperature conditions. This can be expressed as a function of time.
    Statement of Understanding
    For gyroscopes and accelerometers, “stability” can be estimated by determining the Allan variance noise-analysis value at the integration period (i.e., sample time) consistent with the stated measurement period, which may include extrapolating the Allan variance noise analysis beyond the instability point into the rate/acceleration–random walk or rate/acceleration ramp regions to an integration period consistent with the stated measurement period (Reference: IEEE Std 952-1997 [R2008] or IEEE Std 1293-1998 [R2008]).
    “Steady State Mode” - Cat 9
    The term “steady state mode” defines engine operation conditions, where the engine parameters, such as thrust/power, rpm and others, have no appreciable fluctuations, when the ambient air temperature and pressure at the engine inlet are constant.
    “Sub-orbital craft” - Cat 9
    A craft having an enclosure designed for the transport of people or cargo, which is designed to:
    a. Operate above the stratosphere;
    b. Perform a non-orbital trajectory; and
    c. Land back on Earth with the people or cargo intact.
    "Substrate" - Cat 3
    A sheet of base material with or without an interconnection pattern and on which or within which "discrete components" or integrated circuits or both can be located.
    "Substrate blanks" - Cat 3, cat 6
    Monolithic compounds with dimensions suitable for the production of optical elements such as mirrors or optical windows.
    "Superalloy" - Cat 2, cat 9
    Nickel-, cobalt- or iron-base alloys having a stress rupture life greater than 1000 hours at 400 MPa and an ultimate tensile strength greater than 850 MPa, at 922 K (649° C) or higher.
    "Superconductive" - Cat 1, cat 3, cat 5P1, cat 6, cat 8, 2-20
    Refers to materials, (i.e., metals, alloys or compounds) which can lose all electrical resistance (i.e., which can attain infinite electrical conductivity and carry very large electrical currents without Joule heating).

    Technical Note:
    The "superconductive" state of a material is individually characterised by a "critical temperature", a critical magnetic field, which is a function of temperature, and a critical current density which is, however, a function of both magnetic field and temperature.

    "Super High Power Laser" ("SHPL") - Cat 6
    A "laser" capable of delivering (the total or any portion of) the output energy exceeding 1 kJ within 50 ms or having an average or CW power exceeding 20 kW.
    "Superplastic forming" - Cat 1, cat 2
    A deformation process using heat for metals that are normally characterised by low values of elongation (less than 20%) at the breaking point as determined at room temperature by conventional tensile strength testing, in order to achieve elongations during processing which are at least 2 times those values.
    "Symmetric algorithm" - Cat 5P2
    A cryptographic algorithm using an identical key for both encryption and decryption.

    Technical Note:
    A common use of "symmetric algorithms" is confidentiality of data.

    "Technology" - General Technology Note, Both Lists
    Specific information necessary for the “development”, “production” or “use” of a product. The information takes the form of ‘technical data’ or ‘technical assistance’. Specified “technology” for the Dual-Use List is defined in the General Technology Note and in the Dual-Use List. Specified “technology” for the Munitions List is defined in 2-22.

    Technical Notes:

    • 1. 'Technical data' may take forms such as blueprints, plans, diagrams, models, formulae, tables, engineering designs and specifications, manuals and instructions written or recorded on other media or devices such as disk, tape, read-only memories.
    • 2. 'Technical assistance' may take forms such as instruction, skills, training, working knowledge, consulting services. 'Technical assistance' may involve transfer of 'technical data'.
    “Three dimensional integrated circuit” - Cat 3
    A collection of semiconductor dies or active device layers, integrated together, and having through semiconductor via connections passing completely through an interposer, substrate, die or layer to establish interconnections between the device layers. An interposer is an interface that enables electrical connections..
    "Tilting spindle" - Cat 2
    A tool-holding spindle which alters, during the machining process, the angular position of its centre line with respect to any other axis.
    "Time constant" - Cat 6
    The time taken from the application of a light stimulus for the current increment to reach a value of 1-1/e times the final value (i.e., 63% of the final value).
    "Tip shroud" - Cat 9
    A stationary ring component (solid or segmented) attached to the inner surface of the engine turbine casing or a feature at the outer tip of the turbine blade, which primarily provides a gas seal between the stationary and rotating components.
    "Total control of flight" - Cat 7
    Automated control of "aircraft" state variables and flight path to meet mission objectives responding to real time changes in data regarding objectives, hazards or other "aircraft".
    "Total digital transfer rate" - Cat 5P1
    The number of bits, including line coding, overhead and so forth per unit time passing between corresponding equipment in a digital transmission system. (See also "digital transfer rate")
    "Tunable" - Cat 6
    The ability of a "laser" to produce a continuous output at all wavelengths over a range of several "laser" transitions. A line selectable "laser" produces discrete wavelengths within one "laser" transition and is not considered "tunable".
    “Unidirectional positioning repeatability” - Cat 2
    The smaller of values R↑ and R↓ (forward and backward), as defined by 3.21 of ISO 230-2:2014 or national equivalents, of an individual machine tool axis.
    "Unmanned aerial vehicle" ("UAV") - Cat 9, 2-10
    Any "aircraft" capable of initiating flight and sustaining controlled flight and navigation without any human presence on board.
    "Use" - General Technology Note, Dual-Use List
    Operation, installation (including on-site installation), maintenance (checking), repair, overhaul and refurbishing.
    "User-accessible programmability" - Cat 4, cat 5, cat 6
    The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace "programs" by means other than:
    • A physical change in wiring or interconnections; or
    • The setting of function controls including entry of parameters.
    “Vacuum electronic devices” - Cat 3
    Electronic devices based on the interaction of an electron beam with an electromagnetic wave propagating in a vacuum circuit or interacting with radio-frequency vacuum cavity resonators. “Vacuum electronic devices” include klystrons, travelling-wave tubes, and their derivatives.
    “Vulnerability disclosure” - Cat 4, 2-21
    The process of identifying, reporting or communicating a vulnerability to, or analysing a vulnerability with, individuals or organisations responsible for conducting or coordinating remediation for the purpose of resolving the vulnerability.

    Acronyms and Abbreviations used in Groups 1 and 2

    An acronym or abbreviation, when used as a defined term, will be found in 'Definitions of Terms used in Groups 1 and 2'.
    ADCAnalogue-to-Digital Converter
    AGMAAmerican Gear Manufacturers’ Association
    AHRSAttitude and Heading Reference Systems
    AISIAmerican Iron and Steel Institute
    ALEAtomic Layer Epitaxy
    ALUArithmetic Logic Unit
    AMPSAircraft Missile Protection System
    ANSIAmerican National Standards Institute
    APPAdjusted Peak Performance
    APUAuxiliary Power Unit
    ASTMAmerican Society for Testing and Materials
    ATCAir Traffic Control
    BJTBipolar Junction Transistors
    BPPBeam Parameter Product
    BSCBase Station Controller
    C3ICommand, Communications, Control & Intelligence
    CADComputer-Aided-Design
    CASChemical Abstracts Service
    CCDCharge Coupled Device
    CDUControl and Display Unit
    CEPCircular Error Probable
    CMMCoordinate Measuring Machine
    CMOSComplementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor
    CNTDControlled Nucleation Thermal Deposition
    CPLDComplex Programmable Logic Device
    CPUCentral Processing Unit
    CVDChemical Vapour Deposition
    CWChemical Warfare
    CW(for lasers) Continuous Wave
    DACDigital-to-Analogue Converter
    DANLDisplayed Average Noise Level
    DBRNData-Base Referenced Navigation
    DDSDirect Digital Synthesizer
    DEWDirected Energy Weapon
    DMADynamic Mechanical Analysis
    DMEDistance Measuring Equipment
    DMOSFETDiffused Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor
    DSDirectionally Solidified
    EBExploding Bridge
    EB-PVDElectron Beam‑Physical Vapour Deposition
    EBWExploding bridge wire
    ECADElectronic Computer-Aided Design
    ECMelectro-chemical machining
    EDMElectrical Discharge Machines
    EFIExploding Foil Initiators
    EIRPEffective Isotropic Radiated Power
    EMCDBElastomer Modified Cast Double Based Propellants
    EMPElectromagnetic Pulse
    ENOBEffective Number of Bits
    ERFElectrorheological Finishing
    ERPEffective Radiated Power
    ESDElectrostatic Discharge
    ETOEmitter Turn-Off Thyristor
    ETTElectrical Triggering Thyristor
    EUVExtreme Ultraviolet
    FADECFull Authority Digital Engine Control
    FFTFast Fourier Transform
    FPGAField Programmable Gate Array
    FPICField Programmable Interconnect
    FPLAField Programmable Logic Array
    FPOFloating Point Operation
    FWHMFull-Width Half-Maximum
    GAAFETGate-All-Around Field-Effect Transistor
    GSMGlobal System for Mobile Communications
    GTOGate Turn-off Thyristor
    GVWRGross Vehicle Weight Rating
    HBTHetero-Bipolar Transistors
    HDMIHigh-Definition Multimedia Interface
    HEMTHigh Electron Mobility Transistor
    ICAOInternational Civil Aviation Organisation
    IECInternational Electro-technical Commission
    IEDImprovised Explosive Device
    IEEEInstitute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
    IFOVInstantaneous-Field-of- View
    IGBTInsulated Gate Bipolar Transistor
    IGCTIntegrated Gate Commutated Thyristor
    IHOInternational Hydrographic Organization
    ILSInstrument Landing System
    IMUInertial Measurement Unit
    INSInertial Navigation System
    IPInternet Protocol
    IRSInertial Reference System
    IRUInertial Reference Unit
    ISAInternational Standard Atmosphere
    ISARInverse Synthetic Aperture Radar
    ISOInternational Organization for Standardization
    ITUInternational Telecommunication Union
    JTJoule-Thomson
    LIDARLight Detection and Ranging
    LIDTLaser Induced Damage Threshold
    LOALength Overall
    LRULine Replaceable Unit
    LTTLight Triggering Thyristor
    MLSMicrowave Landing Systems
    MMICMonolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit
    MOCVDMetal Organic Chemical Vapour Deposition
    MOSFETMetal-Oxide-Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor
    MPMMicrowave Power Module
    MRFMagnetorheological Finishing
    MRFMinimum Resolvable Feature size
    MRIMagnetic Resonance Imaging
    MTBFMean-Time-Between-Failures
    MTTFMean-Time-To-Failure
    NANumerical Aperture
    NDTNon-Destructive Test
    NEQNet Explosive Quantity
    NIJNational Institute of Justice
    OAMOperations, Administration or Maintenance
    OSIOpen Systems Interconnection
    PAIPolyamide-imides
    PARPrecision Approach Radar
    PCLPassive Coherent Location
    PDKProcess Design Kit
    PINPersonal Identification Number
    PMRPrivate Mobile Radio
    PVDPhysical Vapour Deposition
    QAMQuadrature-Amplitude-Modulation
    QEQuantum Efficiency
    RAPReactive Atom Plasmas
    RFRadio Frequency
    RNCRadio Network Controller
    ROICRead-out Integrated Circuit
    RPVRemotely Piloted Air Vehicles
    S-FILStep and Flash Imprint Lithography
    SARSynthetic Aperture Radar
    SASSynthetic Aperture Sonar
    SCSingle Crystal
    SCRSilicon Controlled Rectifier
    SFDRSpurious Free Dynamic Range
    SHPLSuper High Powered Laser
    SLARSidelooking Airborne Radar
    SOISilicon-on-Insulator
    SQUIDSuperconducting Quantum Interference Device
    SRAShop Replaceable Assembly
    SRAMStatic Random Access Memory
    SSBSingle Sideband
    SSRSecondary Surveillance Radar
    SSSSide Scan Sonar
    TE-PVDThermal Evaporation-Physical Vapour Deposition
    TIRTotal Indicated Reading
    TVRTransmitting Voltage Response
    UPRUnidirectional Positioning Repeatability
    UTSUltimate Tensile Strength
    VJFETVertical Junction Field Effect Transistor
    VORVery High Frequency Omni-directional Range
    WLANWireless Local Area Network

    Guide continued

    Date Modified: